ETH Price: $1,944.79 (-1.54%)
Gas: 0.04 Gwei

Transaction Decoder

Block:
9877320 at Apr-15-2020 01:40:40 PM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.003000858 ETH $5.84
Gas Used:
500,143 Gas / 6 Gwei

Emitted Events:

65 EventsHistory.0x940c4b3549ef0aaff95807dc27f62d88ca15532d1bf535d7d63800f40395d16c( 0x940c4b3549ef0aaff95807dc27f62d88ca15532d1bf535d7d63800f40395d16c, 0x000000000000000000000000fb90fb348c8e4593e92b9aceb204abf75c85e297, 0x0000000000000000000000003ab6564d5c214bc416ee8421e05219960504eead, 0x52454d0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003dfd4b10, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000060, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
66 REMME.Transfer( from=[Sender] 0xfb90fb348c8e4593e92b9aceb204abf75c85e297, to=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, value=1040010000 )
67 EventsHistory.0x389385fc5633d833d54b67ef0b0b6f5d82b17f93ecc47a4912173ddbb63e3745( 0x389385fc5633d833d54b67ef0b0b6f5d82b17f93ecc47a4912173ddbb63e3745, 0x0000000000000000000000003ab6564d5c214bc416ee8421e05219960504eead, 0x0000000000000000000000009898bb78288fe81943b806ee5deaccf44fadb3ff, 0x52454d0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003dfd4b10, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002 )
68 REMME.Approval( from=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, spender=BancorConverter, value=1040010000 )
69 EventsHistory.0x940c4b3549ef0aaff95807dc27f62d88ca15532d1bf535d7d63800f40395d16c( 0x940c4b3549ef0aaff95807dc27f62d88ca15532d1bf535d7d63800f40395d16c, 0x0000000000000000000000003ab6564d5c214bc416ee8421e05219960504eead, 0x0000000000000000000000009898bb78288fe81943b806ee5deaccf44fadb3ff, 0x52454d0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003dfd4b10, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000060, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
70 REMME.Transfer( from=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, to=BancorConverter, value=1040010000 )
71 SmartToken.Transfer( _from=BancorConverter, _to=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _value=606500604168661162587 )
72 BancorConverter.Conversion( _fromToken=REMME, _toToken=SmartToken, _trader=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _amount=1040010000, _return=606500604168661162587, _conversionFee=1214823139188391259 )
73 BancorConverter.PriceDataUpdate( _connectorToken=REMME, _tokenSupply=153403248196771446668962, _connectorBalance=133835546936, _connectorWeight=500000 )
74 BancorConverter.PriceDataUpdate( _connectorToken=SmartToken, _tokenSupply=153403248196771446668962, _connectorBalance=77598446074412309294482, _connectorWeight=500000 )
75 BancorNetwork.Conversion( _smartToken=SmartToken, _fromToken=REMME, _toToken=SmartToken, _fromAmount=1040010000, _toAmount=606500604168661162587, _trader=[Sender] 0xfb90fb348c8e4593e92b9aceb204abf75c85e297 )
76 SmartToken.Approval( _owner=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _spender=BancorConverter, _value=606500604168661162587 )
77 SmartToken.Transfer( _from=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _to=BancorConverter, _value=606500604168661162587 )
78 EtherToken.Transfer( _from=BancorConverter, _to=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _value=687949690571355076 )
79 BancorConverter.Conversion( _fromToken=SmartToken, _toToken=EtherToken, _trader=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _amount=606500604168661162587, _return=687949690571355076, _conversionFee=1377965985457068 )
80 BancorConverter.PriceDataUpdate( _connectorToken=SmartToken, _tokenSupply=13360410648101352073057002, _connectorBalance=9203544820011578399439663, _connectorWeight=500000 )
81 BancorConverter.PriceDataUpdate( _connectorToken=EtherToken, _tokenSupply=13360410648101352073057002, _connectorBalance=10459743481355291597485, _connectorWeight=500000 )
82 BancorNetwork.Conversion( _smartToken=SmartToken, _fromToken=SmartToken, _toToken=EtherToken, _fromAmount=606500604168661162587, _toAmount=687949690571355076, _trader=[Sender] 0xfb90fb348c8e4593e92b9aceb204abf75c85e297 )
83 EtherToken.Transfer( _from=[Receiver] BancorNetwork, _to=EtherToken, _value=687949690571355076 )
84 EtherToken.Destruction( _amount=687949690571355076 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x1F573D6F...d79a7FF1C
0x331d0775...84c411F84
(Spark Pool)
36.514419174373481458 Eth36.517420032373481458 Eth0.003000858
0xc0829421...2db2cE315 10,535.56404210512153801 Eth10,534.876092414550182934 Eth0.687949690571355076
0xFB90Fb34...75c85E297
3.17474579989284391 Eth
Nonce: 4044
3.859694632464198986 Eth
Nonce: 4045
0.684948832571355076

Execution Trace

BancorNetwork.claimAndConvert2( _path=[0x83984d6142934bb535793A82ADB0a46EF0F66B6d, 0xaB5ae72d95d3A02796c87F8079b1E180507dF54f, 0x1F573D6Fb3F13d689FF844B4cE37794d79a7FF1C, 0xb1CD6e4153B2a390Cf00A6556b0fC1458C4A5533, 0xc0829421C1d260BD3cB3E0F06cfE2D52db2cE315], _amount=1040010000, _minReturn=100000000000000, _affiliateAccount=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _affiliateFee=0 ) => ( 687949690571355076 )
  • REMME.balanceOf( _owner=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( 0 )
    • EToken2.balanceOf( _holder=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0 )
    • REMME.transferFrom( _from=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=1040010000 ) => ( True )
      • 0x8f501753784815fe34c6aaac853d94d9462c55e2.cca97025( )
        • REMME._forwardTransferFromWithReference( _from=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=1040010000, _reference=, _sender=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( True )
          • EToken2.proxyTransferFromWithReference( _from=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=1040010000, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _reference=, _sender=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( True )
            • EventsHistory.515c1457( )
              • MultiAssetEmitter.emitTransfer( _from=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _value=1040010000, _reference= )
              • REMME.emitTransfer( _from=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=1040010000 )
              • REMME.balanceOf( _owner=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( 1040010000 )
                • EToken2.balanceOf( _holder=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 1040010000 )
                • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=436F6E7472616374466561747572657300000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0x563172281800B139f69fB038cC2C08CaD56Ce699 )
                • SmartToken.CALL( )
                • ContractFeatures.isSupported( _contract=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _features=1 ) => ( True )
                • BancorConverter.CALL( )
                • SmartToken.CALL( )
                • ContractFeatures.isSupported( _contract=0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA, _features=1 ) => ( True )
                • BancorConverter.CALL( )
                • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=42616E636F7247617350726963654C696D697400000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0x607a5C47978e2Eb6d59C6C6f51bc0bF411f4b85a )
                • BancorGasPriceLimit.validateGasPrice( _gasPrice=6000000000 )
                • SmartToken.CALL( )
                • REMME.allowance( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 0 )
                  • EToken2.allowance( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0 )
                  • REMME.approve( _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000 ) => ( True )
                    • 0x8f501753784815fe34c6aaac853d94d9462c55e2.e34f7137( )
                      • REMME._forwardApprove( _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000, _sender=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( True )
                        • EToken2.proxyApprove( _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _sender=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( True )
                          • EventsHistory.d54c8c87( )
                            • MultiAssetEmitter.emitApprove( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _value=1040010000 )
                            • REMME.emitApprove( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _spender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000 )
                            • BancorConverter.change( _fromToken=0x83984d6142934bb535793A82ADB0a46EF0F66B6d, _toToken=0x1F573D6Fb3F13d689FF844B4cE37794d79a7FF1C, _amount=1040010000, _minReturn=1 ) => ( 606500604168661162587 )
                              • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=42616E636F724E6574776F726B00000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD )
                              • SmartToken.CALL( )
                              • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=42616E636F72466F726D756C6100000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0xE39B6ffff3F91630D9cCAC38550914653b34BC1C )
                              • REMME.balanceOf( _owner=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 132795536936 )
                                • EToken2.balanceOf( _holder=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 132795536936 )
                                • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 78204946678580970457069 )
                                • BancorFormula.calculateCrossConnectorReturn( _fromConnectorBalance=132795536936, _fromConnectorWeight=500000, _toConnectorBalance=78204946678580970457069, _toConnectorWeight=500000, _amount=1040010000 ) => ( 607715427307849553846 )
                                • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 78204946678580970457069 )
                                • REMME.transferFrom( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _to=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000 ) => ( True )
                                  • 0x8f501753784815fe34c6aaac853d94d9462c55e2.cca97025( )
                                    • REMME._forwardTransferFromWithReference( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _to=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000, _reference=, _sender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( True )
                                      • EToken2.proxyTransferFromWithReference( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _to=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, _reference=, _sender=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( True )
                                        • EventsHistory.515c1457( )
                                        • REMME.emitTransfer( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _to=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _value=1040010000 )
                                        • SmartToken.transfer( _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=606500604168661162587 ) => ( success=True )
                                        • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                        • REMME.balanceOf( _owner=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 133835546936 )
                                          • EToken2.balanceOf( _holder=0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff, _symbol=52454D0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 133835546936 )
                                          • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                          • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0x9898BB78288fE81943b806eE5DEACCF44fadB3Ff ) => ( 77598446074412309294482 )
                                          • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                          • SmartToken.allowance( 0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 0 )
                                          • SmartToken.approve( _spender=0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA, _value=606500604168661162587 ) => ( success=True )
                                          • BancorConverter.change( _fromToken=0x1F573D6Fb3F13d689FF844B4cE37794d79a7FF1C, _toToken=0xc0829421C1d260BD3cB3E0F06cfE2D52db2cE315, _amount=606500604168661162587, _minReturn=100000000000000 ) => ( 687949690571355076 )
                                            • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=42616E636F724E6574776F726B00000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD )
                                            • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                            • ContractRegistry.addressOf( _contractName=42616E636F72466F726D756C6100000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( 0xE39B6ffff3F91630D9cCAC38550914653b34BC1C )
                                            • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 9202938319407409738277076 )
                                            • EtherToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 10460431431045862952561 )
                                            • BancorFormula.calculateCrossReserveReturn( _fromReserveBalance=9202938319407409738277076, _fromReserveRatio=500000, _toReserveBalance=10460431431045862952561, _toReserveRatio=500000, _amount=606500604168661162587 ) => ( 689327656556812144 )
                                            • EtherToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 10460431431045862952561 )
                                            • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 9202938319407409738277076 )
                                            • SmartToken.transferFrom( _from=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _to=0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA, _value=606500604168661162587 ) => ( success=True )
                                            • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 9203544820011578399439663 )
                                            • EtherToken.balanceOf( 0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( 0 )
                                            • EtherToken.transfer( _to=0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD, _value=687949690571355076 ) => ( success=True )
                                            • EtherToken.balanceOf( 0x3Ab6564d5c214bc416EE8421E05219960504eeAD ) => ( 687949690571355076 )
                                            • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                            • SmartToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 9203544820011578399439663 )
                                            • SmartToken.CALL( )
                                            • EtherToken.balanceOf( 0xd3ec78814966Ca1Eb4c923aF4Da86BF7e6c743bA ) => ( 10459743481355291597485 )
                                            • EtherToken.withdrawTo( _to=0xFB90Fb348C8e4593e92B9aceb204abF75c85E297, _amount=687949690571355076 )
                                              • ETH 0.687949690571355076 0xfb90fb348c8e4593e92b9aceb204abf75c85e297.CALL( )
                                                claimAndConvert2[BancorNetwork (ln:1193)]
                                                File 1 of 15: BancorNetwork
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/IBancorNetwork.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Network interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorNetwork {
                                                    function convert2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function claimAndConvert2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function convertFor2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function convertForPrioritized4(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function claimAndConvert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized3(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _customVal,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint256 _nonce,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/FeatureIds.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Id definitions for bancor contract features
                                                  * 
                                                  * Can be used to query the ContractFeatures contract to check whether a certain feature is supported by a contract
                                                */
                                                contract FeatureIds {
                                                    // converter features
                                                    uint256 public constant CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST = 1 << 0;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IWhitelist.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Whitelist interface
                                                */
                                                contract IWhitelist {
                                                    function isWhitelisted(address _address) public view returns (bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorConverter.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorConverter {
                                                    function getReturn(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256);
                                                    function convert2(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function quickConvert2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function conversionWhitelist() public view returns (IWhitelist) {this;}
                                                    function conversionFee() public view returns (uint32) {this;}
                                                    function reserves(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool) {_address; this;}
                                                    function getReserveBalance(IERC20Token _reserveToken) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function reserveTokens(uint256 _index) public view returns (IERC20Token) {_index; this;}
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function change(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function quickConvert(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function connectors(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool);
                                                    function getConnectorBalance(IERC20Token _connectorToken) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function connectorTokens(uint256 _index) public view returns (IERC20Token);
                                                    function connectorTokenCount() public view returns (uint16);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorFormula.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Formula interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorFormula {
                                                    function calculatePurchaseReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _depositAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateSaleReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _sellAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateCrossReserveReturn(uint256 _fromReserveBalance, uint32 _fromReserveRatio, uint256 _toReserveBalance, uint32 _toReserveRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateFundCost(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateLiquidateReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function calculateCrossConnectorReturn(uint256 _fromConnectorBalance, uint32 _fromConnectorWeight, uint256 _toConnectorBalance, uint32 _toConnectorWeight, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorGasPriceLimit.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Gas Price Limit interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorGasPriceLimit {
                                                    function gasPrice() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function validateGasPrice(uint256) public view;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {this;}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the owner is updated
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _prevOwner previous owner
                                                      * @param _newOwner  new owner
                                                    */
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new Owned instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                      * the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/ITokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/INonStandardERC20.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface which doesn't return true/false for transfer, transferFrom and approve
                                                */
                                                contract INonStandardERC20 {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/TokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                  * for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                  * 
                                                  * The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                  * the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                  * 
                                                  * Note that we use the non standard ERC-20 interface which has no return value for transfer
                                                  * in order to support both non standard as well as standard token contracts.
                                                  * see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4116
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new TokenHolder instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                      * @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        INonStandardERC20(_token).transfer(_to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/SafeMath.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Library for basic math operations with overflow/underflow protection
                                                */
                                                library SafeMath {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   value 1
                                                      * @param _y   value 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function add(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        require(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, reverts if the calculation underflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   minuend
                                                      * @param _y   subtrahend
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function sub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   factor 1
                                                      * @param _y   factor 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function mul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        // gas optimization
                                                        if (_x == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        require(z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                      /**
                                                        * ev Integer division of two numbers truncating the quotient, reverts on division by zero.
                                                        * 
                                                        * aram _x   dividend
                                                        * aram _y   divisor
                                                        * 
                                                        * eturn quotient
                                                    */
                                                    function div(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_y > 0);
                                                        uint256 c = _x / _y;
                                                
                                                        return c;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractRegistry.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Registry interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractRegistry {
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/ContractRegistryClient.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Base contract for ContractRegistry clients
                                                */
                                                contract ContractRegistryClient is Owned, Utils {
                                                    bytes32 internal constant CONTRACT_FEATURES = "ContractFeatures";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant CONTRACT_REGISTRY = "ContractRegistry";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_NETWORK = "BancorNetwork";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_FORMULA = "BancorFormula";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_GAS_PRICE_LIMIT = "BancorGasPriceLimit";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_FACTORY = "BancorConverterFactory";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER = "BancorConverterUpgrader";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_REGISTRY = "BancorConverterRegistry";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_REGISTRY_DATA = "BancorConverterRegistryData";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BNT_TOKEN = "BNTToken";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_X = "BancorX";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_X_UPGRADER = "BancorXUpgrader";
                                                
                                                    IContractRegistry public registry;      // address of the current contract-registry
                                                    IContractRegistry public prevRegistry;  // address of the previous contract-registry
                                                    bool public adminOnly;                  // only an administrator can update the contract-registry
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev verifies that the caller is mapped to the given contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _contractName    contract name
                                                    */
                                                    modifier only(bytes32 _contractName) {
                                                        require(msg.sender == addressOf(_contractName));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new ContractRegistryClient instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _registry   address of a contract-registry contract
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(IContractRegistry _registry) internal validAddress(_registry) {
                                                        registry = IContractRegistry(_registry);
                                                        prevRegistry = IContractRegistry(_registry);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev updates to the new contract-registry
                                                     */
                                                    function updateRegistry() public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(!adminOnly || isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // get the new contract-registry
                                                        address newRegistry = addressOf(CONTRACT_REGISTRY);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the new contract-registry is different and not zero
                                                        require(newRegistry != address(registry) && newRegistry != address(0));
                                                
                                                        // verify that the new contract-registry is pointing to a non-zero contract-registry
                                                        require(IContractRegistry(newRegistry).addressOf(CONTRACT_REGISTRY) != address(0));
                                                
                                                        // save a backup of the current contract-registry before replacing it
                                                        prevRegistry = registry;
                                                
                                                        // replace the current contract-registry with the new contract-registry
                                                        registry = IContractRegistry(newRegistry);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev restores the previous contract-registry
                                                    */
                                                    function restoreRegistry() public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // restore the previous contract-registry
                                                        registry = prevRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev restricts the permission to update the contract-registry
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _adminOnly    indicates whether or not permission is restricted to administrator only
                                                    */
                                                    function restrictRegistryUpdate(bool _adminOnly) public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(adminOnly != _adminOnly && isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // change the permission to update the contract-registry
                                                        adminOnly = _adminOnly;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns whether or not the caller is an administrator
                                                     */
                                                    function isAdmin() internal view returns (bool) {
                                                        return msg.sender == owner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the address associated with the given contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _contractName    contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return contract address
                                                    */
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) internal view returns (address) {
                                                        return registry.addressOf(_contractName);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractFeatures.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Features interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractFeatures {
                                                    function isSupported(address _contract, uint256 _features) public view returns (bool);
                                                    function enableFeatures(uint256 _features, bool _enable) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IAddressList.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Address list interface
                                                */
                                                contract IAddressList {
                                                    mapping (address => bool) public listedAddresses;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IEtherToken.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Ether Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IEtherToken is ITokenHolder, IERC20Token {
                                                    function deposit() public payable;
                                                    function withdraw(uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function withdrawTo(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is IOwned, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/bancorx/interfaces/IBancorX.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                contract IBancorX {
                                                    function xTransfer(bytes32 _toBlockchain, bytes32 _to, uint256 _amount, uint256 _id) public;
                                                    function getXTransferAmount(uint256 _xTransferId, address _for) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/BancorNetwork.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev The BancorNetwork contract is the main entry point for Bancor token conversions.
                                                  * It also allows for the conversion of any token in the Bancor Network to any other token in a single transaction by providing a conversion path.
                                                  * 
                                                  * A note on Conversion Path: Conversion path is a data structure that is used when converting a token to another token in the Bancor Network,
                                                  * when the conversion cannot necessarily be done by a single converter and might require multiple 'hops'.
                                                  * The path defines which converters should be used and what kind of conversion should be done in each step.
                                                  * 
                                                  * The path format doesn't include complex structure; instead, it is represented by a single array in which each 'hop' is represented by a 2-tuple - smart token & to token.
                                                  * In addition, the first element is always the source token.
                                                  * The smart token is only used as a pointer to a converter (since converter addresses are more likely to change as opposed to smart token addresses).
                                                  * 
                                                  * Format:
                                                  * [source token, smart token, to token, smart token, to token...]
                                                */
                                                contract BancorNetwork is IBancorNetwork, TokenHolder, ContractRegistryClient, FeatureIds {
                                                    using SafeMath for uint256;
                                                
                                                    uint256 private constant CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION = 1000000;
                                                    uint256 private constant AFFILIATE_FEE_RESOLUTION = 1000000;
                                                
                                                    uint256 public maxAffiliateFee = 30000;     // maximum affiliate-fee
                                                    address public signerAddress = 0x0;         // verified address that allows conversions with higher gas price
                                                
                                                    mapping (address => bool) public etherTokens;       // list of all supported ether tokens
                                                    mapping (bytes32 => bool) public conversionHashes;  // list of conversion hashes, to prevent re-use of the same hash
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when a conversion between two tokens occurs
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _smartToken      smart token governed by the converter
                                                      * @param _fromToken       ERC20 token converted from
                                                      * @param _toToken         ERC20 token converted to
                                                      * @param _fromAmount      amount converted, in fromToken
                                                      * @param _toAmount        amount returned, minus conversion fee
                                                      * @param _trader          wallet that initiated the trade
                                                    */
                                                    event Conversion(
                                                        address indexed _smartToken,
                                                        address indexed _fromToken,
                                                        address indexed _toToken,
                                                        uint256 _fromAmount,
                                                        uint256 _toAmount,
                                                        address _trader
                                                    );
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new BancorNetwork instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _registry    address of a contract registry contract
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(IContractRegistry _registry) ContractRegistryClient(_registry) public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the owner to update the maximum affiliate-fee
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _maxAffiliateFee   maximum affiliate-fee
                                                    */
                                                    function setMaxAffiliateFee(uint256 _maxAffiliateFee)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                    {
                                                        require(_maxAffiliateFee <= AFFILIATE_FEE_RESOLUTION);
                                                        maxAffiliateFee = _maxAffiliateFee;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the owner to update the signer address
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _signerAddress    new signer address
                                                    */
                                                    function setSignerAddress(address _signerAddress)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_signerAddress)
                                                        notThis(_signerAddress)
                                                    {
                                                        signerAddress = _signerAddress;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the owner to register/unregister ether tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token       ether token contract address
                                                      * @param _register    true to register, false to unregister
                                                    */
                                                    function registerEtherToken(IEtherToken _token, bool _register)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        notThis(_token)
                                                    {
                                                        etherTokens[_token] = _register;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev verifies that the signer address is the one associated with the public key from a given elliptic curve signature
                                                      * note that the signature is valid only for one conversion, and that it expires after the give block
                                                    */
                                                    function verifyTrustedSender(IERC20Token[] _path, address _addr, uint256[] memory _signature) private {
                                                        uint256 blockNumber = _signature[1];
                                                
                                                        // check that the current block number doesn't exceeded the maximum allowed with the current signature
                                                        require(block.number <= blockNumber);
                                                
                                                        // create the hash of the given signature
                                                        bytes32 hash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(blockNumber, tx.gasprice, _addr, msg.sender, _signature[0], _path));
                                                
                                                        // check that it is the first conversion with the given signature
                                                        require(!conversionHashes[hash]);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the signing address is identical to the trusted signer address in the contract
                                                        bytes32 prefixedHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
                                                        require(ecrecover(prefixedHash, uint8(_signature[2]), bytes32(_signature[3]), bytes32(_signature[4])) == signerAddress);
                                                
                                                        // mark the hash so that it can't be used multiple times
                                                        conversionHashes[hash] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following
                                                      * a predefined conversion path and transfers the result tokens to a target account
                                                      * note that the network should already own the source tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _for                 account that will receive the conversion result
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function convertFor2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _for, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public payable returns (uint256) {
                                                        return convertForPrioritized4(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, getSignature(0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0), _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network
                                                      * by following a predefined conversion path and transfers the result
                                                      * tokens to a target account.
                                                      * this version of the function also allows the verified signer
                                                      * to bypass the universal gas price limit.
                                                      * note that the network should already own the source tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _for                 account that will receive the conversion result
                                                      * @param _signature           an array of the following elements:
                                                      *     [0] uint256             custom value that was signed for prioritized conversion
                                                      *     [1] uint256             if the current block exceeded the given parameter - it is cancelled
                                                      *     [2] uint8               (signature[128:130]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [3] bytes32             (signature[0:64]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [4] bytes32             (signature[64:128]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      * if the array is empty (length == 0), then the gas-price limit is verified instead of the signature
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function convertForPrioritized4(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        // verify that the conversion parameters are legal
                                                        verifyConversionParams(_path, _for, _for, _signature);
                                                
                                                        // handle msg.value
                                                        handleValue(_path[0], _amount, false);
                                                
                                                        // convert and get the resulting amount
                                                        uint256 amount = convertByPath(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                
                                                        // finished the conversion, transfer the funds to the target account
                                                        // if the target token is an ether token, withdraw the tokens and send them as ETH
                                                        // otherwise, transfer the tokens as is
                                                        IERC20Token toToken = _path[_path.length - 1];
                                                        if (etherTokens[toToken])
                                                            IEtherToken(toToken).withdrawTo(_for, amount);
                                                        else
                                                            ensureTransferFrom(toToken, this, _for, amount);
                                                
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts any other token to BNT in the bancor network
                                                      * by following a predefined conversion path and transfers the resulting
                                                      * tokens to BancorX.
                                                      * note that the network should already have been given allowance of the source token (if not ETH)
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _toBlockchain        blockchain BNT will be issued on
                                                      * @param _to                  address/account on _toBlockchain to send the BNT to
                                                      * @param _conversionId        pre-determined unique (if non zero) id which refers to this transaction 
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return the amount of BNT received from this conversion
                                                    */
                                                    function xConvert2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        bytes32 _toBlockchain,
                                                        bytes32 _to,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return xConvertPrioritized3(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _toBlockchain, _to, _conversionId, getSignature(0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0), _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts any other token to BNT in the bancor network
                                                      * by following a predefined conversion path and transfers the resulting
                                                      * tokens to BancorX.
                                                      * this version of the function also allows the verified signer
                                                      * to bypass the universal gas price limit.
                                                      * note that the network should already have been given allowance of the source token (if not ETH)
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _toBlockchain        blockchain BNT will be issued on
                                                      * @param _to                  address/account on _toBlockchain to send the BNT to
                                                      * @param _conversionId        pre-determined unique (if non zero) id which refers to this transaction 
                                                      * @param _signature           an array of the following elements:
                                                      *     [0] uint256             custom value that was signed for prioritized conversion; must be equal to _amount
                                                      *     [1] uint256             if the current block exceeded the given parameter - it is cancelled
                                                      *     [2] uint8               (signature[128:130]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [3] bytes32             (signature[0:64]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [4] bytes32             (signature[64:128]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      * if the array is empty (length == 0), then the gas-price limit is verified instead of the signature
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return the amount of BNT received from this conversion
                                                    */
                                                    function xConvertPrioritized3(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        bytes32 _toBlockchain,
                                                        bytes32 _to,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        // verify that the custom value (if valid) is equal to _amount
                                                        require(_signature.length == 0 || _signature[0] == _amount);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the conversion parameters are legal
                                                        verifyConversionParams(_path, msg.sender, this, _signature);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the destination token is BNT
                                                        require(_path[_path.length - 1] == addressOf(BNT_TOKEN));
                                                
                                                        // handle msg.value
                                                        handleValue(_path[0], _amount, true);
                                                
                                                        // convert and get the resulting amount
                                                        uint256 amount = convertByPath(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                
                                                        // transfer the resulting amount to BancorX
                                                        IBancorX(addressOf(BANCOR_X)).xTransfer(_toBlockchain, _to, amount, _conversionId);
                                                
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev executes the actual conversion by following the conversion path
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of tokens issued
                                                    */
                                                    function convertByPath(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) private returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 toAmount;
                                                        uint256 fromAmount = _amount;
                                                        uint256 lastIndex = _path.length - 1;
                                                
                                                        address bntToken;
                                                        if (address(_affiliateAccount) == 0) {
                                                            require(_affiliateFee == 0);
                                                            bntToken = address(0);
                                                        }
                                                        else {
                                                            require(0 < _affiliateFee && _affiliateFee <= maxAffiliateFee);
                                                            bntToken = addressOf(BNT_TOKEN);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // iterate over the conversion path
                                                        for (uint256 i = 2; i <= lastIndex; i += 2) {
                                                            IBancorConverter converter = IBancorConverter(ISmartToken(_path[i - 1]).owner());
                                                
                                                            // if the smart token isn't the source (from token), the converter doesn't have control over it and thus we need to approve the request
                                                            if (_path[i - 1] != _path[i - 2])
                                                                ensureAllowance(_path[i - 2], converter, fromAmount);
                                                
                                                            // make the conversion - if it's the last one, also provide the minimum return value
                                                            toAmount = converter.change(_path[i - 2], _path[i], fromAmount, i == lastIndex ? _minReturn : 1);
                                                
                                                            // pay affiliate-fee if needed
                                                            if (address(_path[i]) == bntToken) {
                                                                uint256 affiliateAmount = toAmount.mul(_affiliateFee).div(AFFILIATE_FEE_RESOLUTION);
                                                                require(_path[i].transfer(_affiliateAccount, affiliateAmount));
                                                                toAmount -= affiliateAmount;
                                                                bntToken = address(0);
                                                            }
                                                
                                                            emit Conversion(_path[i - 1], _path[i - 2], _path[i], fromAmount, toAmount, msg.sender);
                                                            fromAmount = toAmount;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return toAmount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    bytes4 private constant GET_RETURN_FUNC_SELECTOR = bytes4(uint256(keccak256("getReturn(address,address,uint256)") >> (256 - 4 * 8)));
                                                
                                                    function getReturn(address _dest, address _fromToken, address _toToken, uint256 _amount) internal view returns (uint256, uint256) {
                                                        uint256[2] memory ret;
                                                        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(GET_RETURN_FUNC_SELECTOR, _fromToken, _toToken, _amount);
                                                
                                                        assembly {
                                                            let success := staticcall(
                                                                gas,           // gas remaining
                                                                _dest,         // destination address
                                                                add(data, 32), // input buffer (starts after the first 32 bytes in the `data` array)
                                                                mload(data),   // input length (loaded from the first 32 bytes in the `data` array)
                                                                ret,           // output buffer
                                                                64             // output length
                                                            )
                                                            if iszero(success) {
                                                                revert(0, 0)
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return (ret[0], ret[1]);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev calculates the expected return of converting a given amount on a given path
                                                      * note that there is no support for circular paths
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path        conversion path (see conversion path format above)
                                                      * @param _amount      amount of _path[0] tokens received from the user
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of _path[_path.length - 1] tokens that the user will receive
                                                      * @return amount of _path[_path.length - 1] tokens that the user will pay as fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getReturnByPath(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256) {
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 fee;
                                                        uint256 supply;
                                                        uint256 balance;
                                                        uint32 ratio;
                                                        IBancorConverter converter;
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                
                                                        amount = _amount;
                                                
                                                        // verify that the number of elements is larger than 2 and odd
                                                        require(_path.length > 2 && _path.length % 2 == 1);
                                                
                                                        // iterate over the conversion path
                                                        for (uint256 i = 2; i < _path.length; i += 2) {
                                                            IERC20Token fromToken = _path[i - 2];
                                                            IERC20Token smartToken = _path[i - 1];
                                                            IERC20Token toToken = _path[i];
                                                
                                                            if (toToken == smartToken) { // buy the smart token
                                                                // check if the current smart token has changed
                                                                if (i < 3 || smartToken != _path[i - 3]) {
                                                                    supply = smartToken.totalSupply();
                                                                    converter = IBancorConverter(ISmartToken(smartToken).owner());
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                // calculate the amount & the conversion fee
                                                                balance = converter.getConnectorBalance(fromToken);
                                                                (, ratio, , , ) = converter.connectors(fromToken);
                                                                amount = formula.calculatePurchaseReturn(supply, balance, ratio, amount);
                                                                fee = amount.mul(converter.conversionFee()).div(CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION);
                                                                amount -= fee;
                                                
                                                                // update the smart token supply for the next iteration
                                                                supply += amount;
                                                            }
                                                            else if (fromToken == smartToken) { // sell the smart token
                                                                // check if the current smart token has changed
                                                                if (i < 3 || smartToken != _path[i - 3]) {
                                                                    supply = smartToken.totalSupply();
                                                                    converter = IBancorConverter(ISmartToken(smartToken).owner());
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                // calculate the amount & the conversion fee
                                                                balance = converter.getConnectorBalance(toToken);
                                                                (, ratio, , , ) = converter.connectors(toToken);
                                                                amount = formula.calculateSaleReturn(supply, balance, ratio, amount);
                                                                fee = amount.mul(converter.conversionFee()).div(CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION);
                                                                amount -= fee;
                                                
                                                                // update the smart token supply for the next iteration
                                                                supply -= amount;
                                                            }
                                                            else { // cross reserve conversion
                                                                // check if the current smart token has changed
                                                                if (i < 3 || smartToken != _path[i - 3]) {
                                                                    converter = IBancorConverter(ISmartToken(smartToken).owner());
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                (amount, fee) = getReturn(converter, fromToken, toToken, amount);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return (amount, fee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev claims the caller's tokens, converts them to any other token in the bancor network
                                                      * by following a predefined conversion path and transfers the result tokens to a target account
                                                      * note that allowance must be set beforehand
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _for                 account that will receive the conversion result
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _for, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        // we need to transfer the tokens from the caller to the network before we follow
                                                        // the conversion path, to allow it to execute the conversion on behalf of the caller
                                                        // note: we assume we already have allowance
                                                        IERC20Token fromToken = _path[0];
                                                        ensureTransferFrom(fromToken, msg.sender, this, _amount);
                                                        return convertFor2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following
                                                      * a predefined conversion path and transfers the result tokens back to the sender
                                                      * note that the network should already own the source tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function convert2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public payable returns (uint256) {
                                                        return convertFor2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, msg.sender, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev claims the caller's tokens, converts them to any other token in the bancor network
                                                      * by following a predefined conversion path and transfers the result tokens back to the sender
                                                      * note that allowance must be set beforehand
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format above
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function claimAndConvert2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        return claimAndConvertFor2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, msg.sender, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev ensures transfer of tokens, taking into account that some ERC-20 implementations don't return
                                                      * true on success but revert on failure instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token     the token to transfer
                                                      * @param _from      the address to transfer the tokens from
                                                      * @param _to        the address to transfer the tokens to
                                                      * @param _amount    the amount to transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function ensureTransferFrom(IERC20Token _token, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) private {
                                                        // We must assume that functions `transfer` and `transferFrom` do not return anything,
                                                        // because not all tokens abide the requirement of the ERC20 standard to return success or failure.
                                                        // This is because in the current compiler version, the calling contract can handle more returned data than expected but not less.
                                                        // This may change in the future, so that the calling contract will revert if the size of the data is not exactly what it expects.
                                                        uint256 prevBalance = _token.balanceOf(_to);
                                                        if (_from == address(this))
                                                            INonStandardERC20(_token).transfer(_to, _amount);
                                                        else
                                                            INonStandardERC20(_token).transferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
                                                        uint256 postBalance = _token.balanceOf(_to);
                                                        require(postBalance > prevBalance);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev utility, checks whether allowance for the given spender exists and approves one if it doesn't.
                                                      * Note that we use the non standard erc-20 interface in which `approve` has no return value so that
                                                      * this function will work for both standard and non standard tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   token to check the allowance in
                                                      * @param _spender approved address
                                                      * @param _value   allowance amount
                                                    */
                                                    function ensureAllowance(IERC20Token _token, address _spender, uint256 _value) private {
                                                        uint256 allowance = _token.allowance(this, _spender);
                                                        if (allowance < _value) {
                                                            if (allowance > 0)
                                                                INonStandardERC20(_token).approve(_spender, 0);
                                                            INonStandardERC20(_token).approve(_spender, _value);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function getSignature(
                                                        uint256 _customVal,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                                        if (_v == 0x0 && _r == 0x0 && _s == 0x0)
                                                            return new uint256[](0);
                                                        uint256[] memory signature = new uint256[](5);
                                                        signature[0] = _customVal;
                                                        signature[1] = _block;
                                                        signature[2] = uint256(_v);
                                                        signature[3] = uint256(_r);
                                                        signature[4] = uint256(_s);
                                                        return signature;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function verifyConversionParams(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        address _sender,
                                                        address _receiver,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature
                                                    )
                                                        private
                                                    {
                                                        // verify that the number of elements is odd and that maximum number of 'hops' is 10
                                                        require(_path.length > 2 && _path.length <= (1 + 2 * 10) && _path.length % 2 == 1);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the account which should receive the conversion result is whitelisted
                                                        IContractFeatures features = IContractFeatures(addressOf(CONTRACT_FEATURES));
                                                        for (uint256 i = 1; i < _path.length; i += 2) {
                                                            IBancorConverter converter = IBancorConverter(ISmartToken(_path[i]).owner());
                                                            if (features.isSupported(converter, FeatureIds.CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST)) {
                                                                IWhitelist whitelist = converter.conversionWhitelist();
                                                                require(whitelist == address(0) || whitelist.isWhitelisted(_receiver));
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        if (_signature.length >= 5) {
                                                            // verify signature
                                                            verifyTrustedSender(_path, _sender, _signature);
                                                        }
                                                        else {
                                                            // verify gas price limit
                                                            IBancorGasPriceLimit gasPriceLimit = IBancorGasPriceLimit(addressOf(BANCOR_GAS_PRICE_LIMIT));
                                                            gasPriceLimit.validateGasPrice(tx.gasprice);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function handleValue(IERC20Token _token, uint256 _amount, bool _claim) private {
                                                        // if ETH is provided, ensure that the amount is identical to _amount, verify that the source token is an ether token and deposit the ETH in it
                                                        if (msg.value > 0) {
                                                            require(_amount == msg.value && etherTokens[_token]);
                                                            IEtherToken(_token).deposit.value(msg.value)();
                                                        }
                                                        // Otherwise, claim the tokens from the sender if needed
                                                        else if (_claim) {
                                                            ensureTransferFrom(_token, msg.sender, this, _amount);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return convert2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function claimAndConvert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return claimAndConvert2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return convertFor2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return claimAndConvertFor2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function xConvert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        bytes32 _toBlockchain,
                                                        bytes32 _to,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return xConvert2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _toBlockchain, _to, _conversionId, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function xConvertPrioritized2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        bytes32 _toBlockchain,
                                                        bytes32 _to,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return xConvertPrioritized3(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _toBlockchain, _to, _conversionId, _signature, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function xConvertPrioritized(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        bytes32 _toBlockchain,
                                                        bytes32 _to,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        // workaround the 'stack too deep' compilation error
                                                        uint256[] memory signature = getSignature(_amount, _block, _v, _r, _s);
                                                        return xConvertPrioritized3(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _toBlockchain, _to, _conversionId, signature, address(0), 0);
                                                        // return xConvertPrioritized3(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _toBlockchain, _to, _conversionId, getSignature(_amount, _block, _v, _r, _s), address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convertForPrioritized3(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _customVal,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return convertForPrioritized4(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, getSignature(_customVal, _block, _v, _r, _s), address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convertForPrioritized2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return convertForPrioritized4(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, getSignature(_amount, _block, _v, _r, _s), address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convertForPrioritized(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint256 _nonce,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s)
                                                        public payable returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        _nonce;
                                                        return convertForPrioritized4(_path, _amount, _minReturn, _for, getSignature(_amount, _block, _v, _r, _s), address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 2 of 15: EventsHistory
                                                // This software is a subject to Ambisafe License Agreement.
                                                // No use or distribution is allowed without written permission from Ambisafe.
                                                // https://ambisafe.com/terms.pdf
                                                
                                                contract Ambi {
                                                    function getNodeAddress(bytes32 _nodeName) constant returns(address);
                                                    function hasRelation(bytes32 _nodeName, bytes32 _relation, address _to) constant returns(bool);
                                                    function addNode(bytes32 _nodeName, address _nodeAddress) constant returns(bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AmbiEnabled {
                                                    Ambi public ambiC;
                                                    bool public isImmortal;
                                                    bytes32 public name;
                                                
                                                    modifier checkAccess(bytes32 _role) {
                                                        if(address(ambiC) != 0x0 && ambiC.hasRelation(name, _role, msg.sender)){
                                                            _
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _name) constant returns (address) {
                                                        return ambiC.getNodeAddress(_name);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function setAmbiAddress(address _ambi, bytes32 _name) returns (bool){
                                                        if(address(ambiC) != 0x0){
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        Ambi ambiContract = Ambi(_ambi);
                                                        if(ambiContract.getNodeAddress(_name)!=address(this)) {
                                                            if (!ambiContract.addNode(_name, address(this))){
                                                                return false;
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        ambiC = ambiContract;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function immortality() checkAccess("owner") returns(bool) {
                                                        isImmortal = true;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function remove() checkAccess("owner") returns(bool) {
                                                        if (isImmortal) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        selfdestruct(msg.sender);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                library StackDepthLib {
                                                    // This will probably work with a value of 390 but no need to cut it
                                                    // that close in the case that the optimizer changes slightly or
                                                    // something causing that number to rise slightly.
                                                    uint constant GAS_PER_DEPTH = 400;
                                                
                                                    function checkDepth(address self, uint n) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        if (n == 0) return true;
                                                        return self.call.gas(GAS_PER_DEPTH * n)(0x21835af6, n - 1);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function __dig(uint n) constant {
                                                        if (n == 0) return;
                                                        if (!address(this).delegatecall(0x21835af6, n - 1)) throw;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Safe {
                                                    // Should always be placed as first modifier!
                                                    modifier noValue {
                                                        if (msg.value > 0) {
                                                            // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                            // Call Stack Depth Limit reached: revert this transaction too;
                                                            // Recursive Call: safe, no any changes applied yet, we are inside of modifier.
                                                            _safeSend(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                        }
                                                        _
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier onlyHuman {
                                                        if (_isHuman()) {
                                                            _
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier noCallback {
                                                        if (!isCall) {
                                                            _
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier immutable(address _address) {
                                                        if (_address == 0) {
                                                            _
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    address stackDepthLib;
                                                    function setupStackDepthLib(address _stackDepthLib) immutable(address(stackDepthLib)) returns(bool) {
                                                        stackDepthLib = _stackDepthLib;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier requireStackDepth(uint16 _depth) {
                                                        if (stackDepthLib == 0x0) {
                                                            throw;
                                                        }
                                                        if (_depth > 1023) {
                                                            throw;
                                                        }
                                                        if (!stackDepthLib.delegatecall(0x32921690, stackDepthLib, _depth)) {
                                                            throw;
                                                        }
                                                        _
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Must not be used inside the functions that have noValue() modifier!
                                                    function _safeFalse() internal noValue() returns(bool) {
                                                        return false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _safeSend(address _to, uint _value) internal {
                                                        if (!_unsafeSend(_to, _value)) {
                                                            throw;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _unsafeSend(address _to, uint _value) internal returns(bool) {
                                                        return _to.call.value(_value)();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _isContract() constant internal returns(bool) {
                                                        return msg.sender != tx.origin;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _isHuman() constant internal returns(bool) {
                                                        return !_isContract();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    bool private isCall = false;
                                                    function _setupNoCallback() internal {
                                                        isCall = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _finishNoCallback() internal {
                                                        isCall = false;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title Events History universal contract.
                                                 *
                                                 * Contract serves as an Events storage and version history for a particular contract type.
                                                 * Events appear on this contract address but their definitions provided by other contracts/libraries.
                                                 * Version info is provided for historical and informational purposes.
                                                 *
                                                 * Note: all the non constant functions return false instead of throwing in case if state change
                                                 * didn't happen yet.
                                                 */
                                                contract EventsHistory is AmbiEnabled, Safe {
                                                    // Event emitter signature to address with Event definiton mapping.
                                                    mapping(bytes4 => address) public emitters;
                                                
                                                    // Calling contract address to version mapping.
                                                    mapping(address => uint) public versions;
                                                
                                                    // Version to info mapping.
                                                    mapping(uint => VersionInfo) public versionInfo;
                                                
                                                    // Latest verion number.
                                                    uint public latestVersion;
                                                
                                                    struct VersionInfo {
                                                        uint block;        // Block number in which version has been introduced.
                                                        address by;        // Contract owner address who added version.
                                                        address caller;    // Address of this version calling contract.
                                                        string name;       // Version name, informative.
                                                        string changelog;  // Version changelog, informative.
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Assign emitter address to a specified emit function signature.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once for each signature, and only by contract owner.
                                                     * Caller contract should be sure that emitter for a particular signature will never change.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _eventSignature signature of the event emitting function.
                                                     * @param _emitter address with Event definition.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function addEmitter(bytes4 _eventSignature, address _emitter) noValue() checkAccess("admin") returns(bool) {
                                                        if (emitters[_eventSignature] != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        emitters[_eventSignature] = _emitter;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Introduce new caller contract version specifing version information.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once for each caller, and only by contract owner.
                                                     * Name and changelog should not be empty.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _caller address of the new caller.
                                                     * @param _name version name.
                                                     * @param _changelog version changelog.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function addVersion(address _caller, string _name, string _changelog) noValue() checkAccess("admin") returns(bool) {
                                                        if (versions[_caller] != 0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (bytes(_name).length == 0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (bytes(_changelog).length == 0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        uint version = ++latestVersion;
                                                        versions[_caller] = version;
                                                        versionInfo[version] = VersionInfo(block.number, msg.sender, _caller, _name, _changelog);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Event emitting fallback.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be and only called caller with assigned version.
                                                     * Resolves msg.sig to an emitter address, and calls it to emit an event.
                                                     *
                                                     * Throws if emit function signature is not registered, or call failed.
                                                     */
                                                    function () noValue() {
                                                        if (versions[msg.sender] == 0) {
                                                            return;
                                                        }
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Call Stack Depth Limit reached: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        if (!emitters[msg.sig].delegatecall(msg.data)) {
                                                            throw;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 3 of 15: REMME
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.15;
                                                
                                                contract RegistryICAPInterface {
                                                    function parse(bytes32 _icap) constant returns(address, bytes32, bool);
                                                    function institutions(bytes32 _institution) constant returns(address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract EToken2Interface {
                                                    function registryICAP() constant returns(RegistryICAPInterface);
                                                    function baseUnit(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint8);
                                                    function description(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(string);
                                                    function owner(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(address);
                                                    function isOwner(address _owner, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool);
                                                    function totalSupply(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint);
                                                    function balanceOf(address _holder, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint);
                                                    function isLocked(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool);
                                                    function issueAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, string _name, string _description, uint8 _baseUnit, bool _isReissuable) returns(bool);
                                                    function reissueAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value) returns(bool);
                                                    function revokeAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value) returns(bool);
                                                    function setProxy(address _address, bytes32 _symbol) returns(bool);
                                                    function lockAsset(bytes32 _symbol) returns(bool);
                                                    function proxyTransferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function proxyApprove(address _spender, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function allowance(address _from, address _spender, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint);
                                                    function proxyTransferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AssetInterface {
                                                    function _performTransferWithReference(address _to, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _performTransferToICAPWithReference(bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _performApprove(address _spender, uint _value, address _sender) returns(bool);    
                                                    function _performTransferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _performTransferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _performGeneric(bytes, address) payable {
                                                        revert();
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20Interface {
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                                    event Approval(address indexed from, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                                                
                                                    function totalSupply() constant returns(uint256 supply);
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) constant returns(uint256 balance);
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) returns(bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) returns(bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) returns(bool success);
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) constant returns(uint256 remaining);
                                                
                                                    // function symbol() constant returns(string);
                                                    function decimals() constant returns(uint8);
                                                    // function name() constant returns(string);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AssetProxyInterface {
                                                    function _forwardApprove(address _spender, uint _value, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _forwardTransferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function _forwardTransferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool);
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) constant returns(uint);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Bytes32 {
                                                    function _bytes32(string _input) internal constant returns(bytes32 result) {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            result := mload(add(_input, 32))
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ReturnData {
                                                    function _returnReturnData(bool _success) internal {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            let returndatastart := msize()
                                                            mstore(0x40, add(returndatastart, returndatasize))
                                                            returndatacopy(returndatastart, 0, returndatasize)
                                                            switch _success case 0 { revert(returndatastart, returndatasize) } default { return(returndatastart, returndatasize) }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _assemblyCall(address _destination, uint _value, bytes _data) internal returns(bool success) {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            success := call(div(mul(gas, 63), 64), _destination, _value, add(_data, 32), mload(_data), 0, 0)
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title EToken2 Asset Proxy.
                                                 *
                                                 * Proxy implements ERC20 interface and acts as a gateway to a single EToken2 asset.
                                                 * Proxy adds etoken2Symbol and caller(sender) when forwarding requests to EToken2.
                                                 * Every request that is made by caller first sent to the specific asset implementation
                                                 * contract, which then calls back to be forwarded onto EToken2.
                                                 *
                                                 * Calls flow: Caller ->
                                                 *             Proxy.func(...) ->
                                                 *             Asset._performFunc(..., Caller.address) ->
                                                 *             Proxy._forwardFunc(..., Caller.address) ->
                                                 *             Platform.proxyFunc(..., symbol, Caller.address)
                                                 *
                                                 * Generic call flow: Caller ->
                                                 *             Proxy.unknownFunc(...) ->
                                                 *             Asset._performGeneric(..., Caller.address) ->
                                                 *             Asset.unknownFunc(...)
                                                 *
                                                 * Asset implementation contract is mutable, but each user have an option to stick with
                                                 * old implementation, through explicit decision made in timely manner, if he doesn't agree
                                                 * with new rules.
                                                 * Each user have a possibility to upgrade to latest asset contract implementation, without the
                                                 * possibility to rollback.
                                                 *
                                                 * Note: all the non constant functions return false instead of throwing in case if state change
                                                 * didn't happen yet.
                                                 */
                                                contract REMME is ERC20Interface, AssetProxyInterface, Bytes32, ReturnData {
                                                    // Assigned EToken2, immutable.
                                                    EToken2Interface public etoken2;
                                                
                                                    // Assigned symbol, immutable.
                                                    bytes32 public etoken2Symbol;
                                                
                                                    // Assigned name, immutable. For UI.
                                                    string public name;
                                                    string public symbol;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets EToken2 address, assigns symbol and name.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _etoken2 EToken2 contract address.
                                                     * @param _symbol assigned symbol.
                                                     * @param _name assigned name.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function init(EToken2Interface _etoken2, string _symbol, string _name) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (address(etoken2) != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        etoken2 = _etoken2;
                                                        etoken2Symbol = _bytes32(_symbol);
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        symbol = _symbol;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Only EToken2 is allowed to call.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyEToken2() {
                                                        if (msg.sender == address(etoken2)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Only current asset owner is allowed to call.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyAssetOwner() {
                                                        if (etoken2.isOwner(msg.sender, etoken2Symbol)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset implementation contract for current caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset implementation contract.
                                                     */
                                                    function _getAsset() internal returns(AssetInterface) {
                                                        return AssetInterface(getVersionFor(msg.sender));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function recoverTokens(uint _value) onlyAssetOwner() returns(bool) {
                                                        return this.transferWithReference(msg.sender, _value, 'Tokens recovery');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset total supply.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset total supply.
                                                     */
                                                    function totalSupply() constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return etoken2.totalSupply(etoken2Symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset balance for a particular holder.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _owner holder address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder balance.
                                                     */
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return etoken2.balanceOf(_owner, etoken2Symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset allowance from one holder to another.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder that allowed spending.
                                                     * @param _spender holder that is allowed to spend.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder to spender allowance.
                                                     */
                                                    function allowance(address _from, address _spender) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return etoken2.allowance(_from, _spender, etoken2Symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset decimals.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset decimals.
                                                     */
                                                    function decimals() constant returns(uint8) {
                                                        return etoken2.baseUnit(etoken2Symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance from the caller to specified receiver.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferWithReference(_to, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance from the caller to specified receiver adding specified comment.
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there arguments along with
                                                     * the caller address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferWithReference(address _to, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _getAsset()._performTransferWithReference(_to, _value, _reference, msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance from the caller to specified ICAP.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _icap recipient ICAP to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferToICAP(bytes32 _icap, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferToICAPWithReference(_icap, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance from the caller to specified ICAP adding specified comment.
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there arguments along with
                                                     * the caller address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _icap recipient ICAP to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferToICAPWithReference(bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _getAsset()._performTransferToICAPWithReference(_icap, _value, _reference, msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Prforms allowance transfer of asset balance between holders.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferFromWithReference(_from, _to, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Prforms allowance transfer of asset balance between holders adding specified comment.
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there arguments along with
                                                     * the caller address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _getAsset()._performTransferFromWithReference(_from, _to, _value, _reference, msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Performs transfer call on the EToken2 by the name of specified sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by asset implementation contract assigned to sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     * @param _sender initial caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function _forwardTransferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) onlyImplementationFor(_sender) returns(bool) {
                                                        return etoken2.proxyTransferFromWithReference(_from, _to, _value, etoken2Symbol, _reference, _sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Prforms allowance transfer of asset balance between holders.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _icap recipient ICAP address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFromToICAP(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferFromToICAPWithReference(_from, _icap, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Prforms allowance transfer of asset balance between holders adding specified comment.
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there arguments along with
                                                     * the caller address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _icap recipient ICAP address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _getAsset()._performTransferFromToICAPWithReference(_from, _icap, _value, _reference, msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Performs allowance transfer to ICAP call on the EToken2 by the name of specified sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by asset implementation contract assigned to sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _icap recipient ICAP address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a EToken2's Transfer event.
                                                     * @param _sender initial caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function _forwardTransferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) onlyImplementationFor(_sender) returns(bool) {
                                                        return etoken2.proxyTransferFromToICAPWithReference(_from, _icap, _value, _reference, _sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets asset spending allowance for a specified spender.
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there arguments along with
                                                     * the caller address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _spender holder address to set allowance to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to allow.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _getAsset()._performApprove(_spender, _value, msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Performs allowance setting call on the EToken2 by the name of specified sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by asset implementation contract assigned to sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _spender holder address to set allowance to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to allow.
                                                     * @param _sender initial caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function _forwardApprove(address _spender, uint _value, address _sender) onlyImplementationFor(_sender) returns(bool) {
                                                        return etoken2.proxyApprove(_spender, _value, etoken2Symbol, _sender);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits ERC20 Transfer event on this contract.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be, and, called by assigned EToken2 when asset transfer happens.
                                                     */
                                                    function emitTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _value) onlyEToken2() {
                                                        Transfer(_from, _to, _value);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits ERC20 Approval event on this contract.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be, and, called by assigned EToken2 when asset allowance set happens.
                                                     */
                                                    function emitApprove(address _from, address _spender, uint _value) onlyEToken2() {
                                                        Approval(_from, _spender, _value);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Resolves asset implementation contract for the caller and forwards there transaction data,
                                                     * along with the value. This allows for proxy interface growth.
                                                     */
                                                    function () payable {
                                                        _getAsset()._performGeneric.value(msg.value)(msg.data, msg.sender);
                                                        _returnReturnData(true);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Interface functions to allow specifying ICAP addresses as strings.
                                                    function transferToICAP(string _icap, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferToICAPWithReference(_icap, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function transferToICAPWithReference(string _icap, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferToICAPWithReference(_bytes32(_icap), _value, _reference);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function transferFromToICAP(address _from, string _icap, uint _value) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferFromToICAPWithReference(_from, _icap, _value, '');
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function transferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, string _icap, uint _value, string _reference) returns(bool) {
                                                        return transferFromToICAPWithReference(_from, _bytes32(_icap), _value, _reference);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Indicates an upgrade freeze-time start, and the next asset implementation contract.
                                                     */
                                                    event UpgradeProposal(address newVersion);
                                                
                                                    // Current asset implementation contract address.
                                                    address latestVersion;
                                                
                                                    // Proposed next asset implementation contract address.
                                                    address pendingVersion;
                                                
                                                    // Upgrade freeze-time start.
                                                    uint pendingVersionTimestamp;
                                                
                                                    // Timespan for users to review the new implementation and make decision.
                                                    uint constant UPGRADE_FREEZE_TIME = 3 days;
                                                
                                                    // Asset implementation contract address that user decided to stick with.
                                                    // 0x0 means that user uses latest version.
                                                    mapping(address => address) userOptOutVersion;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Only asset implementation contract assigned to sender is allowed to call.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyImplementationFor(address _sender) {
                                                        if (getVersionFor(_sender) == msg.sender) {
                                                            _;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset implementation contract address assigned to sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _sender sender address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset implementation contract address.
                                                     */
                                                    function getVersionFor(address _sender) constant returns(address) {
                                                        return userOptOutVersion[_sender] == 0 ? latestVersion : userOptOutVersion[_sender];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns current asset implementation contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset implementation contract address.
                                                     */
                                                    function getLatestVersion() constant returns(address) {
                                                        return latestVersion;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns proposed next asset implementation contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset implementation contract address.
                                                     */
                                                    function getPendingVersion() constant returns(address) {
                                                        return pendingVersion;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns upgrade freeze-time start.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return freeze-time start.
                                                     */
                                                    function getPendingVersionTimestamp() constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return pendingVersionTimestamp;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Propose next asset implementation contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by current asset owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * Note: freeze-time should not be applied for the initial setup.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _newVersion asset implementation contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function proposeUpgrade(address _newVersion) onlyAssetOwner() returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should not already be in the upgrading process.
                                                        if (pendingVersion != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // New version address should be other than 0x0.
                                                        if (_newVersion == 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Don't apply freeze-time for the initial setup.
                                                        if (latestVersion == 0x0) {
                                                            latestVersion = _newVersion;
                                                            return true;
                                                        }
                                                        pendingVersion = _newVersion;
                                                        pendingVersionTimestamp = now;
                                                        UpgradeProposal(_newVersion);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Cancel the pending upgrade process.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by current asset owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function purgeUpgrade() onlyAssetOwner() returns(bool) {
                                                        if (pendingVersion == 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        delete pendingVersion;
                                                        delete pendingVersionTimestamp;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Finalize an upgrade process setting new asset implementation contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called after an upgrade freeze-time.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function commitUpgrade() returns(bool) {
                                                        if (pendingVersion == 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (pendingVersionTimestamp + UPGRADE_FREEZE_TIME > now) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        latestVersion = pendingVersion;
                                                        delete pendingVersion;
                                                        delete pendingVersionTimestamp;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Disagree with proposed upgrade, and stick with current asset implementation
                                                     * until further explicit agreement to upgrade.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function optOut() returns(bool) {
                                                        if (userOptOutVersion[msg.sender] != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        userOptOutVersion[msg.sender] = latestVersion;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Implicitly agree to upgrade to current and future asset implementation upgrades,
                                                     * until further explicit disagreement.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function optIn() returns(bool) {
                                                        delete userOptOutVersion[msg.sender];
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Backwards compatibility.
                                                    function multiAsset() constant returns(EToken2Interface) {
                                                        return etoken2;
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 4 of 15: BancorConverter
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) { _owner; }
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) { _owner; _spender; }
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IWhitelist.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Whitelist interface
                                                */
                                                contract IWhitelist {
                                                    function isWhitelisted(address _address) public view returns (bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorConverter.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorConverter {
                                                    function getReturn(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256);
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function conversionWhitelist() public view returns (IWhitelist) {}
                                                    function conversionFee() public view returns (uint32) {}
                                                    function connectors(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool) { _address; }
                                                    function getConnectorBalance(IERC20Token _connectorToken) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function claimTokens(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function change(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorConverterUpgrader.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter Upgrader interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorConverterUpgrader {
                                                    function upgrade(bytes32 _version) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorFormula.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Formula interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorFormula {
                                                    function calculatePurchaseReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _connectorBalance, uint32 _connectorWeight, uint256 _depositAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateSaleReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _connectorBalance, uint32 _connectorWeight, uint256 _sellAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateCrossConnectorReturn(uint256 _fromConnectorBalance, uint32 _fromConnectorWeight, uint256 _toConnectorBalance, uint32 _toConnectorWeight, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/IBancorNetwork.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Network interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorNetwork {
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function convertFor(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _for) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function convertForPrioritized2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s)
                                                        public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint256 _nonce,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s)
                                                        public payable returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/ContractIds.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Id definitions for bancor contracts
                                                
                                                    Can be used in conjunction with the contract registry to get contract addresses
                                                */
                                                contract ContractIds {
                                                    // generic
                                                    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_FEATURES = "ContractFeatures";
                                                    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_REGISTRY = "ContractRegistry";
                                                
                                                    // bancor logic
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_NETWORK = "BancorNetwork";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_FORMULA = "BancorFormula";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_GAS_PRICE_LIMIT = "BancorGasPriceLimit";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER = "BancorConverterUpgrader";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_FACTORY = "BancorConverterFactory";
                                                
                                                    // Ids of BNT converter and BNT token
                                                    bytes32 public constant BNT_TOKEN = "BNTToken";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BNT_CONVERTER = "BNTConverter";
                                                
                                                    // Id of BancorX contract
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_X = "BancorX";
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/FeatureIds.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Id definitions for bancor contract features
                                                
                                                    Can be used to query the ContractFeatures contract to check whether a certain feature is supported by a contract
                                                */
                                                contract FeatureIds {
                                                    // converter features
                                                    uint256 public constant CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST = 1 << 0;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Managed.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract management
                                                    Note that a managed contract must also have an owner
                                                */
                                                contract Managed is Owned {
                                                    address public manager;
                                                    address public newManager;
                                                
                                                    event ManagerUpdate(address indexed _prevManager, address indexed _newManager);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        manager = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the manager only
                                                    modifier managerOnly {
                                                        assert(msg.sender == manager);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by either the owner or the manager only
                                                    modifier ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner || msg.sender == manager);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract management
                                                        the new manager still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract manager
                                                
                                                        @param _newManager    new contract manager
                                                    */
                                                    function transferManagement(address _newManager) public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        require(_newManager != manager);
                                                        newManager = _newManager;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new manager to accept a management transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptManagement() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newManager);
                                                        emit ManagerUpdate(manager, newManager);
                                                        manager = newManager;
                                                        newManager = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Overflow protected math functions
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractRegistry.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Registry interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractRegistry {
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractFeatures.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Features interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractFeatures {
                                                    function isSupported(address _contract, uint256 _features) public view returns (bool);
                                                    function enableFeatures(uint256 _features, bool _enable) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is IOwned, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/ITokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/TokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                    for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                
                                                    The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                    the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(_token.transfer(_to, _amount));
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/SmartTokenController.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    The smart token controller is an upgradable part of the smart token that allows
                                                    more functionality as well as fixes for bugs/exploits.
                                                    Once it accepts ownership of the token, it becomes the token's sole controller
                                                    that can execute any of its functions.
                                                
                                                    To upgrade the controller, ownership must be transferred to a new controller, along with
                                                    any relevant data.
                                                
                                                    The smart token must be set on construction and cannot be changed afterwards.
                                                    Wrappers are provided (as opposed to a single 'execute' function) for each of the token's functions, for easier access.
                                                
                                                    Note that the controller can transfer token ownership to a new controller that
                                                    doesn't allow executing any function on the token, for a trustless solution.
                                                    Doing that will also remove the owner's ability to upgrade the controller.
                                                */
                                                contract SmartTokenController is TokenHolder {
                                                    ISmartToken public token;   // smart token
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(ISmartToken _token)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                    {
                                                        token = _token;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ensures that the controller is the token's owner
                                                    modifier active() {
                                                        require(token.owner() == address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ensures that the controller is not the token's owner
                                                    modifier inactive() {
                                                        require(token.owner() != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the token ownership
                                                        the new owner needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new token owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferTokenOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        token.transferOwnership(_newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept a token ownership transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptTokenOwnership() public ownerOnly {
                                                        token.acceptOwnership();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables/enables token transfers
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _disable    true to disable transfers, false to enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableTokenTransfers(bool _disable) public ownerOnly {
                                                        token.disableTransfers(_disable);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the controller and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawFromToken(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public ownerOnly {
                                                        ITokenHolder(token).withdrawTokens(_token, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IEtherToken.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Ether Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IEtherToken is ITokenHolder, IERC20Token {
                                                    function deposit() public payable;
                                                    function withdraw(uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function withdrawTo(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/BancorConverter.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter v0.11
                                                
                                                    The Bancor version of the token converter, allows conversion between a smart token and other ERC20 tokens and between different ERC20 tokens and themselves.
                                                
                                                    ERC20 connector balance can be virtual, meaning that the calculations are based on the virtual balance instead of relying on
                                                    the actual connector balance. This is a security mechanism that prevents the need to keep a very large (and valuable) balance in a single contract.
                                                
                                                    The converter is upgradable (just like any SmartTokenController).
                                                
                                                    WARNING: It is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the converter with Smart Tokens that have less than 8 decimal digits
                                                             or with very small numbers because of precision loss
                                                
                                                    Open issues:
                                                    - Front-running attacks are currently mitigated by the following mechanisms:
                                                        - minimum return argument for each conversion provides a way to define a minimum/maximum price for the transaction
                                                        - gas price limit prevents users from having control over the order of execution
                                                        - gas price limit check can be skipped if the transaction comes from a trusted, whitelisted signer
                                                      Other potential solutions might include a commit/reveal based schemes
                                                    - Possibly add getters for the connector fields so that the client won't need to rely on the order in the struct
                                                */
                                                contract BancorConverter is IBancorConverter, SmartTokenController, Managed, ContractIds, FeatureIds {
                                                    uint32 private constant MAX_WEIGHT = 1000000;
                                                    uint64 private constant MAX_CONVERSION_FEE = 1000000;
                                                
                                                    struct Connector {
                                                        uint256 virtualBalance;         // connector virtual balance
                                                        uint32 weight;                  // connector weight, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                        bool isVirtualBalanceEnabled;   // true if virtual balance is enabled, false if not
                                                        bool isPurchaseEnabled;         // is purchase of the smart token enabled with the connector, can be set by the owner
                                                        bool isSet;                     // used to tell if the mapping element is defined
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    bytes32 public version = '0.11';
                                                    string public converterType = 'bancor';
                                                
                                                    bool public allowRegistryUpdate = true;             // allows the owner to prevent/allow the registry to be updated
                                                    bool public claimTokensEnabled = false;             // allows BancorX contract to claim tokens without allowance (one transaction instread of two)
                                                    IContractRegistry public prevRegistry;              // address of previous registry as security mechanism
                                                    IContractRegistry public registry;                  // contract registry contract
                                                    IWhitelist public conversionWhitelist;              // whitelist contract with list of addresses that are allowed to use the converter
                                                    IERC20Token[] public connectorTokens;               // ERC20 standard token addresses
                                                    mapping (address => Connector) public connectors;   // connector token addresses -> connector data
                                                    uint32 private totalConnectorWeight = 0;            // used to efficiently prevent increasing the total connector weight above 100%
                                                    uint32 public maxConversionFee = 0;                 // maximum conversion fee for the lifetime of the contract,
                                                                                                        // represented in ppm, 0...1000000 (0 = no fee, 100 = 0.01%, 1000000 = 100%)
                                                    uint32 public conversionFee = 0;                    // current conversion fee, represented in ppm, 0...maxConversionFee
                                                    bool public conversionsEnabled = true;              // true if token conversions is enabled, false if not
                                                    IERC20Token[] private convertPath;
                                                
                                                    // triggered when a conversion between two tokens occurs
                                                    event Conversion(
                                                        address indexed _fromToken,
                                                        address indexed _toToken,
                                                        address indexed _trader,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _return,
                                                        int256 _conversionFee
                                                    );
                                                    // triggered after a conversion with new price data
                                                    event PriceDataUpdate(
                                                        address indexed _connectorToken,
                                                        uint256 _tokenSupply,
                                                        uint256 _connectorBalance,
                                                        uint32 _connectorWeight
                                                    );
                                                    // triggered when the conversion fee is updated
                                                    event ConversionFeeUpdate(uint32 _prevFee, uint32 _newFee);
                                                
                                                    // triggered when conversions are enabled/disabled
                                                    event ConversionsEnable(bool _conversionsEnabled);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param  _token              smart token governed by the converter
                                                        @param  _registry           address of a contract registry contract
                                                        @param  _maxConversionFee   maximum conversion fee, represented in ppm
                                                        @param  _connectorToken     optional, initial connector, allows defining the first connector at deployment time
                                                        @param  _connectorWeight    optional, weight for the initial connector
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(
                                                        ISmartToken _token,
                                                        IContractRegistry _registry,
                                                        uint32 _maxConversionFee,
                                                        IERC20Token _connectorToken,
                                                        uint32 _connectorWeight
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        SmartTokenController(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_registry)
                                                        validMaxConversionFee(_maxConversionFee)
                                                    {
                                                        registry = _registry;
                                                        prevRegistry = _registry;
                                                        IContractFeatures features = IContractFeatures(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.CONTRACT_FEATURES));
                                                
                                                        // initialize supported features
                                                        if (features != address(0))
                                                            features.enableFeatures(FeatureIds.CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST, true);
                                                
                                                        maxConversionFee = _maxConversionFee;
                                                
                                                        if (_connectorToken != address(0))
                                                            addConnector(_connectorToken, _connectorWeight, false);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates a connector token address - verifies that the address belongs to one of the connector tokens
                                                    modifier validConnector(IERC20Token _address) {
                                                        require(connectors[_address].isSet);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates a token address - verifies that the address belongs to one of the convertible tokens
                                                    modifier validToken(IERC20Token _address) {
                                                        require(_address == token || connectors[_address].isSet);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates maximum conversion fee
                                                    modifier validMaxConversionFee(uint32 _conversionFee) {
                                                        require(_conversionFee >= 0 && _conversionFee <= MAX_CONVERSION_FEE);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates conversion fee
                                                    modifier validConversionFee(uint32 _conversionFee) {
                                                        require(_conversionFee >= 0 && _conversionFee <= maxConversionFee);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates connector weight range
                                                    modifier validConnectorWeight(uint32 _weight) {
                                                        require(_weight > 0 && _weight <= MAX_WEIGHT);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates a conversion path - verifies that the number of elements is odd and that maximum number of 'hops' is 10
                                                    modifier validConversionPath(IERC20Token[] _path) {
                                                        require(_path.length > 2 && _path.length <= (1 + 2 * 10) && _path.length % 2 == 1);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when the total weight is 100%
                                                    modifier maxTotalWeightOnly() {
                                                        require(totalConnectorWeight == MAX_WEIGHT);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when conversions aren't disabled
                                                    modifier conversionsAllowed {
                                                        assert(conversionsEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the BancorNetwork contract only
                                                    modifier bancorNetworkOnly {
                                                        IBancorNetwork bancorNetwork = IBancorNetwork(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_NETWORK));
                                                        require(msg.sender == address(bancorNetwork));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the converter upgrader contract only
                                                    modifier converterUpgraderOnly {
                                                        address converterUpgrader = registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER);
                                                        require(owner == converterUpgrader);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when claim tokens is enabled
                                                    modifier whenClaimTokensEnabled {
                                                        require(claimTokensEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev sets the contract registry to whichever address the current registry is pointing to
                                                     */
                                                    function updateRegistry() public {
                                                        // require that upgrading is allowed or that the caller is the owner
                                                        require(allowRegistryUpdate || msg.sender == owner);
                                                
                                                        // get the address of whichever registry the current registry is pointing to
                                                        address newRegistry = registry.addressOf(ContractIds.CONTRACT_REGISTRY);
                                                
                                                        // if the new registry hasn't changed or is the zero address, revert
                                                        require(newRegistry != address(registry) && newRegistry != address(0));
                                                
                                                        // set the previous registry as current registry and current registry as newRegistry
                                                        prevRegistry = registry;
                                                        registry = IContractRegistry(newRegistry);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev security mechanism allowing the converter owner to revert to the previous registry,
                                                        to be used in emergency scenario
                                                    */
                                                    function restoreRegistry() public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        // set the registry as previous registry
                                                        registry = prevRegistry;
                                                
                                                        // after a previous registry is restored, only the owner can allow future updates
                                                        allowRegistryUpdate = false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables the registry update functionality
                                                        this is a safety mechanism in case of a emergency
                                                        can only be called by the manager or owner
                                                
                                                        @param _disable    true to disable registry updates, false to re-enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableRegistryUpdate(bool _disable) public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        allowRegistryUpdate = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables/enables the claim tokens functionality
                                                
                                                        @param _enable    true to enable claiming of tokens, false to disable
                                                     */
                                                    function enableClaimTokens(bool _enable) public ownerOnly {
                                                        claimTokensEnabled = _enable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the number of connector tokens defined
                                                
                                                        @return number of connector tokens
                                                    */
                                                    function connectorTokenCount() public view returns (uint16) {
                                                        return uint16(connectorTokens.length);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows the owner to update & enable the conversion whitelist contract address
                                                        when set, only addresses that are whitelisted are actually allowed to use the converter
                                                        note that the whitelist check is actually done by the BancorNetwork contract
                                                
                                                        @param _whitelist    address of a whitelist contract
                                                    */
                                                    function setConversionWhitelist(IWhitelist _whitelist)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        notThis(_whitelist)
                                                    {
                                                        conversionWhitelist = _whitelist;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables the entire conversion functionality
                                                        this is a safety mechanism in case of a emergency
                                                        can only be called by the manager
                                                
                                                        @param _disable true to disable conversions, false to re-enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableConversions(bool _disable) public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        if (conversionsEnabled == _disable) {
                                                            conversionsEnabled = !_disable;
                                                            emit ConversionsEnable(conversionsEnabled);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the token ownership
                                                        the new owner needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                        note that token ownership can only be transferred while the owner is the converter upgrader contract
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new token owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferTokenOwnership(address _newOwner)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        converterUpgraderOnly
                                                    {
                                                        super.transferTokenOwnership(_newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev updates the current conversion fee
                                                        can only be called by the manager
                                                
                                                        @param _conversionFee new conversion fee, represented in ppm
                                                    */
                                                    function setConversionFee(uint32 _conversionFee)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOrManagerOnly
                                                        validConversionFee(_conversionFee)
                                                    {
                                                        emit ConversionFeeUpdate(conversionFee, _conversionFee);
                                                        conversionFee = _conversionFee;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev given a return amount, returns the amount minus the conversion fee
                                                
                                                        @param _amount      return amount
                                                        @param _magnitude   1 for standard conversion, 2 for cross connector conversion
                                                
                                                        @return return amount minus conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getFinalAmount(uint256 _amount, uint8 _magnitude) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return safeMul(_amount, (MAX_CONVERSION_FEE - conversionFee) ** _magnitude) / MAX_CONVERSION_FEE ** _magnitude;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the converter and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                        note that connector tokens can only be withdrawn by the owner while the converter is inactive
                                                        unless the owner is the converter upgrader contract
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        address converterUpgrader = registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER);
                                                
                                                        // if the token is not a connector token, allow withdrawal
                                                        // otherwise verify that the converter is inactive or that the owner is the upgrader contract
                                                        require(!connectors[_token].isSet || token.owner() != address(this) || owner == converterUpgrader);
                                                        super.withdrawTokens(_token, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows the BancorX contract to claim BNT from any address (so that users
                                                        dont have to first give allowance when calling BancorX)
                                                
                                                        @param _from      address to claim the BNT from
                                                        @param _amount    the amount to claim
                                                     */
                                                    function claimTokens(address _from, uint256 _amount) public whenClaimTokensEnabled {
                                                        address bancorX = registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_X);
                                                
                                                        // only the bancorX contract may call this method
                                                        require(msg.sender == bancorX);
                                                
                                                        // destroy the tokens belonging to _from, and issue the same amount to bancorX contract
                                                        token.destroy(_from, _amount);
                                                        token.issue(bancorX, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev upgrades the converter to the latest version
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                        note that the owner needs to call acceptOwnership on the new converter after the upgrade
                                                    */
                                                    function upgrade() public ownerOnly {
                                                        IBancorConverterUpgrader converterUpgrader = IBancorConverterUpgrader(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER));
                                                
                                                        transferOwnership(converterUpgrader);
                                                        converterUpgrader.upgrade(version);
                                                        acceptOwnership();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev defines a new connector for the token
                                                        can only be called by the owner while the converter is inactive
                                                
                                                        @param _token                  address of the connector token
                                                        @param _weight                 constant connector weight, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                        @param _enableVirtualBalance   true to enable virtual balance for the connector, false to disable it
                                                    */
                                                    function addConnector(IERC20Token _token, uint32 _weight, bool _enableVirtualBalance)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        inactive
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        notThis(_token)
                                                        validConnectorWeight(_weight)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_token != token && !connectors[_token].isSet && totalConnectorWeight + _weight <= MAX_WEIGHT); // validate input
                                                
                                                        connectors[_token].virtualBalance = 0;
                                                        connectors[_token].weight = _weight;
                                                        connectors[_token].isVirtualBalanceEnabled = _enableVirtualBalance;
                                                        connectors[_token].isPurchaseEnabled = true;
                                                        connectors[_token].isSet = true;
                                                        connectorTokens.push(_token);
                                                        totalConnectorWeight += _weight;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev updates one of the token connectors
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken         address of the connector token
                                                        @param _weight                 constant connector weight, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                        @param _enableVirtualBalance   true to enable virtual balance for the connector, false to disable it
                                                        @param _virtualBalance         new connector's virtual balance
                                                    */
                                                    function updateConnector(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint32 _weight, bool _enableVirtualBalance, uint256 _virtualBalance)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validConnector(_connectorToken)
                                                        validConnectorWeight(_weight)
                                                    {
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        require(totalConnectorWeight - connector.weight + _weight <= MAX_WEIGHT); // validate input
                                                
                                                        totalConnectorWeight = totalConnectorWeight - connector.weight + _weight;
                                                        connector.weight = _weight;
                                                        connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled = _enableVirtualBalance;
                                                        connector.virtualBalance = _virtualBalance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables purchasing with the given connector token in case the connector token got compromised
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                        note that selling is still enabled regardless of this flag and it cannot be disabled by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                        @param _disable         true to disable the token, false to re-enable it
                                                    */
                                                    function disableConnectorPurchases(IERC20Token _connectorToken, bool _disable)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validConnector(_connectorToken)
                                                    {
                                                        connectors[_connectorToken].isPurchaseEnabled = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the connector's virtual balance if one is defined, otherwise returns the actual balance
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                
                                                        @return connector balance
                                                    */
                                                    function getConnectorBalance(IERC20Token _connectorToken)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        validConnector(_connectorToken)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        return connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled ? connector.virtualBalance : _connectorToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the expected return for converting a specific amount of _fromToken to _toToken
                                                
                                                        @param _fromToken  ERC20 token to convert from
                                                        @param _toToken    ERC20 token to convert to
                                                        @param _amount     amount to convert, in fromToken
                                                
                                                        @return expected conversion return amount and conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getReturn(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256) {
                                                        require(_fromToken != _toToken); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // conversion between the token and one of its connectors
                                                        if (_toToken == token)
                                                            return getPurchaseReturn(_fromToken, _amount);
                                                        else if (_fromToken == token)
                                                            return getSaleReturn(_toToken, _amount);
                                                
                                                        // conversion between 2 connectors
                                                        return getCrossConnectorReturn(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the expected return for buying the token for a connector token
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                        @param _depositAmount   amount to deposit (in the connector token)
                                                
                                                        @return expected purchase return amount and conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getPurchaseReturn(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint256 _depositAmount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validConnector(_connectorToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        require(connector.isPurchaseEnabled); // validate input
                                                
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 connectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(_connectorToken);
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculatePurchaseReturn(tokenSupply, connectorBalance, connector.weight, _depositAmount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 1);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the expected return for selling the token for one of its connector tokens
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                        @param _sellAmount      amount to sell (in the smart token)
                                                
                                                        @return expected sale return amount and conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getSaleReturn(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint256 _sellAmount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validConnector(_connectorToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 connectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(_connectorToken);
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculateSaleReturn(tokenSupply, connectorBalance, connector.weight, _sellAmount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 1);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the expected return for selling one of the connector tokens for another connector token
                                                
                                                        @param _fromConnectorToken  contract address of the connector token to convert from
                                                        @param _toConnectorToken    contract address of the connector token to convert to
                                                        @param _sellAmount          amount to sell (in the from connector token)
                                                
                                                        @return expected sale return amount and conversion fee (in the to connector token)
                                                    */
                                                    function getCrossConnectorReturn(IERC20Token _fromConnectorToken, IERC20Token _toConnectorToken, uint256 _sellAmount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validConnector(_fromConnectorToken)
                                                        validConnector(_toConnectorToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Connector storage fromConnector = connectors[_fromConnectorToken];
                                                        Connector storage toConnector = connectors[_toConnectorToken];
                                                        require(toConnector.isPurchaseEnabled); // validate input
                                                
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculateCrossConnectorReturn(
                                                            getConnectorBalance(_fromConnectorToken), 
                                                            fromConnector.weight, 
                                                            getConnectorBalance(_toConnectorToken), 
                                                            toConnector.weight, 
                                                            _sellAmount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 2);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        // the fee is higher (magnitude = 2) since cross connector conversion equals 2 conversions (from / to the smart token)
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev converts a specific amount of _fromToken to _toToken
                                                
                                                        @param _fromToken  ERC20 token to convert from
                                                        @param _toToken    ERC20 token to convert to
                                                        @param _amount     amount to convert, in fromToken
                                                        @param _minReturn  if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                
                                                        @return conversion return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function convertInternal(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn)
                                                        public
                                                        bancorNetworkOnly
                                                        conversionsAllowed
                                                        greaterThanZero(_minReturn)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_fromToken != _toToken); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // conversion between the token and one of its connectors
                                                        if (_toToken == token)
                                                            return buy(_fromToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                        else if (_fromToken == token)
                                                            return sell(_toToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                
                                                        // conversion between 2 connectors
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getCrossConnectorReturn(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // update the source token virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Connector storage fromConnector = connectors[_fromToken];
                                                        if (fromConnector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            fromConnector.virtualBalance = safeAdd(fromConnector.virtualBalance, _amount);
                                                
                                                        // update the target token virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Connector storage toConnector = connectors[_toToken];
                                                        if (toConnector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            toConnector.virtualBalance = safeSub(toConnector.virtualBalance, amount);
                                                
                                                        // ensure that the trade won't deplete the connector balance
                                                        uint256 toConnectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(_toToken);
                                                        assert(amount < toConnectorBalance);
                                                
                                                        // transfer funds from the caller in the from connector token
                                                        assert(_fromToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, this, _amount));
                                                        // transfer funds to the caller in the to connector token
                                                        // the transfer might fail if the actual connector balance is smaller than the virtual balance
                                                        assert(_toToken.transfer(msg.sender, amount));
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        // the fee is higher (magnitude = 2) since cross connector conversion equals 2 conversions (from / to the smart token)
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data updates for the smart token / both connectors
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_fromToken, token.totalSupply(), getConnectorBalance(_fromToken), fromConnector.weight);
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_toToken, token.totalSupply(), getConnectorBalance(_toToken), toConnector.weight);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev converts a specific amount of _fromToken to _toToken
                                                
                                                        @param _fromToken  ERC20 token to convert from
                                                        @param _toToken    ERC20 token to convert to
                                                        @param _amount     amount to convert, in fromToken
                                                        @param _minReturn  if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                
                                                        @return conversion return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        convertPath = [_fromToken, token, _toToken];
                                                        return quickConvert(convertPath, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev buys the token by depositing one of its connector tokens
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                        @param _depositAmount   amount to deposit (in the connector token)
                                                        @param _minReturn       if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                
                                                        @return buy return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function buy(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint256 _depositAmount, uint256 _minReturn) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getPurchaseReturn(_connectorToken, _depositAmount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        if (connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            connector.virtualBalance = safeAdd(connector.virtualBalance, _depositAmount);
                                                
                                                        // transfer funds from the caller in the connector token
                                                        assert(_connectorToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, this, _depositAmount));
                                                        // issue new funds to the caller in the smart token
                                                        token.issue(msg.sender, amount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(_connectorToken, token, _depositAmount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data update for the smart token/connector
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_connectorToken, token.totalSupply(), getConnectorBalance(_connectorToken), connector.weight);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev sells the token by withdrawing from one of its connector tokens
                                                
                                                        @param _connectorToken  connector token contract address
                                                        @param _sellAmount      amount to sell (in the smart token)
                                                        @param _minReturn       if the conversion results in an amount smaller the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                
                                                        @return sell return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function sell(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint256 _sellAmount, uint256 _minReturn) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_sellAmount <= token.balanceOf(msg.sender)); // validate input
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getSaleReturn(_connectorToken, _sellAmount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // ensure that the trade will only deplete the connector balance if the total supply is depleted as well
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 connectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(_connectorToken);
                                                        assert(amount < connectorBalance || (amount == connectorBalance && _sellAmount == tokenSupply));
                                                
                                                        // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Connector storage connector = connectors[_connectorToken];
                                                        if (connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            connector.virtualBalance = safeSub(connector.virtualBalance, amount);
                                                
                                                        // destroy _sellAmount from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                        token.destroy(msg.sender, _sellAmount);
                                                        // transfer funds to the caller in the connector token
                                                        // the transfer might fail if the actual connector balance is smaller than the virtual balance
                                                        assert(_connectorToken.transfer(msg.sender, amount));
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(token, _connectorToken, _sellAmount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data update for the smart token/connector
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_connectorToken, token.totalSupply(), getConnectorBalance(_connectorToken), connector.weight);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following a predefined conversion path
                                                        note that when converting from an ERC20 token (as opposed to a smart token), allowance must be set beforehand
                                                
                                                        @param _path        conversion path, see conversion path format in the BancorNetwork contract
                                                        @param _amount      amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                        @param _minReturn   if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                
                                                        @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvert(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn)
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        validConversionPath(_path)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return quickConvertPrioritized(_path, _amount, _minReturn, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following a predefined conversion path
                                                        note that when converting from an ERC20 token (as opposed to a smart token), allowance must be set beforehand
                                                
                                                        @param _path        conversion path, see conversion path format in the BancorNetwork contract
                                                        @param _amount      amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                        @param _minReturn   if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                        @param _block       if the current block exceeded the given parameter - it is cancelled
                                                        @param _v           (signature[128:130]) associated with the signer address and helps validating if the signature is legit
                                                        @param _r           (signature[0:64]) associated with the signer address and helps validating if the signature is legit
                                                        @param _s           (signature[64:128]) associated with the signer address and helps validating if the signature is legit
                                                
                                                        @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvertPrioritized(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, uint256 _block, uint8 _v, bytes32 _r, bytes32 _s)
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        validConversionPath(_path)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        IERC20Token fromToken = _path[0];
                                                        IBancorNetwork bancorNetwork = IBancorNetwork(registry.addressOf(ContractIds.BANCOR_NETWORK));
                                                
                                                        // we need to transfer the source tokens from the caller to the BancorNetwork contract,
                                                        // so it can execute the conversion on behalf of the caller
                                                        if (msg.value == 0) {
                                                            // not ETH, send the source tokens to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            // if the token is the smart token, no allowance is required - destroy the tokens
                                                            // from the caller and issue them to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            if (fromToken == token) {
                                                                token.destroy(msg.sender, _amount); // destroy _amount tokens from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                                token.issue(bancorNetwork, _amount); // issue _amount new tokens to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            } else {
                                                                // otherwise, we assume we already have allowance, transfer the tokens directly to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                                assert(fromToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, bancorNetwork, _amount));
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // execute the conversion and pass on the ETH with the call
                                                        return bancorNetwork.convertForPrioritized2.value(msg.value)(_path, _amount, _minReturn, msg.sender, _block, _v, _r, _s);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev buys the token with all connector tokens using the same percentage
                                                        i.e. if the caller increases the supply by 10%, it will cost an amount equal to
                                                        10% of each connector token balance
                                                        can only be called if the max total weight is exactly 100% and while conversions are enabled
                                                
                                                        @param _amount  amount to increase the supply by (in the smart token)
                                                    */
                                                    function fund(uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        maxTotalWeightOnly
                                                        conversionsAllowed
                                                    {
                                                        uint256 supply = token.totalSupply();
                                                
                                                        // iterate through the connector tokens and transfer a percentage equal to the ratio between _amount
                                                        // and the total supply in each connector from the caller to the converter
                                                        IERC20Token connectorToken;
                                                        uint256 connectorBalance;
                                                        uint256 connectorAmount;
                                                        for (uint16 i = 0; i < connectorTokens.length; i++) {
                                                            connectorToken = connectorTokens[i];
                                                            connectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(connectorToken);
                                                            connectorAmount = safeMul(_amount, connectorBalance) / supply;
                                                
                                                            // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                            Connector storage connector = connectors[connectorToken];
                                                            if (connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                                connector.virtualBalance = safeAdd(connector.virtualBalance, connectorAmount);
                                                
                                                            // transfer funds from the caller in the connector token
                                                            assert(connectorToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, this, connectorAmount));
                                                
                                                            // dispatch price data update for the smart token/connector
                                                            emit PriceDataUpdate(connectorToken, supply + _amount, connectorBalance + connectorAmount, connector.weight);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // issue new funds to the caller in the smart token
                                                        token.issue(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev sells the token for all connector tokens using the same percentage
                                                        i.e. if the holder sells 10% of the supply, they will receive 10% of each
                                                        connector token balance in return
                                                        can only be called if the max total weight is exactly 100%
                                                        note that the function can also be called if conversions are disabled
                                                
                                                        @param _amount  amount to liquidate (in the smart token)
                                                    */
                                                    function liquidate(uint256 _amount) public maxTotalWeightOnly {
                                                        uint256 supply = token.totalSupply();
                                                
                                                        // destroy _amount from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                        token.destroy(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                
                                                        // iterate through the connector tokens and send a percentage equal to the ratio between _amount
                                                        // and the total supply from each connector balance to the caller
                                                        IERC20Token connectorToken;
                                                        uint256 connectorBalance;
                                                        uint256 connectorAmount;
                                                        for (uint16 i = 0; i < connectorTokens.length; i++) {
                                                            connectorToken = connectorTokens[i];
                                                            connectorBalance = getConnectorBalance(connectorToken);
                                                            connectorAmount = safeMul(_amount, connectorBalance) / supply;
                                                
                                                            // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                            Connector storage connector = connectors[connectorToken];
                                                            if (connector.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                                connector.virtualBalance = safeSub(connector.virtualBalance, connectorAmount);
                                                
                                                            // transfer funds to the caller in the connector token
                                                            // the transfer might fail if the actual connector balance is smaller than the virtual balance
                                                            assert(connectorToken.transfer(msg.sender, connectorAmount));
                                                
                                                            // dispatch price data update for the smart token/connector
                                                            emit PriceDataUpdate(connectorToken, supply - _amount, connectorBalance - connectorAmount, connector.weight);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function change(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        return convertInternal(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev helper, dispatches the Conversion event
                                                
                                                        @param _fromToken       ERC20 token to convert from
                                                        @param _toToken         ERC20 token to convert to
                                                        @param _amount          amount purchased/sold (in the source token)
                                                        @param _returnAmount    amount returned (in the target token)
                                                    */
                                                    function dispatchConversionEvent(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _returnAmount, uint256 _feeAmount) private {
                                                        // fee amount is converted to 255 bits -
                                                        // negative amount means the fee is taken from the source token, positive amount means its taken from the target token
                                                        // currently the fee is always taken from the target token
                                                        // since we convert it to a signed number, we first ensure that it's capped at 255 bits to prevent overflow
                                                        assert(_feeAmount <= 2 ** 255);
                                                        emit Conversion(_fromToken, _toToken, msg.sender, _amount, _returnAmount, int256(_feeAmount));
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 5 of 15: SmartToken
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.11;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Overflow protected math functions
                                                */
                                                contract SafeMath {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function SafeMath() {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                } 
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public constant returns (address owner) { owner; }
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address _prevOwner, address _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function Owned() {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        assert(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still need to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = 0x0;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                    for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                
                                                    The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                    the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned {
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function TokenHolder() {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != 0x0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(_token.transfer(_to, _amount));
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public constant returns (string name) { name; }
                                                    function symbol() public constant returns (string symbol) { symbol; }
                                                    function decimals() public constant returns (uint8 decimals) { decimals; }
                                                    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint256 totalSupply) { totalSupply; }
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public constant returns (uint256 balance) { _owner; balance; }
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint256 remaining) { _owner; _spender; remaining; }
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token implementation
                                                */
                                                contract ERC20Token is IERC20Token, SafeMath {
                                                    string public standard = 'Token 0.1';
                                                    string public name = '';
                                                    string public symbol = '';
                                                    uint8 public decimals = 0;
                                                    uint256 public totalSupply = 0;
                                                    mapping (address => uint256) public balanceOf;
                                                    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) public allowance;
                                                
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _value);
                                                    event Approval(address indexed _owner, address indexed _spender, uint256 _value);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _name        token name
                                                        @param _symbol      token symbol
                                                        @param _decimals    decimal points, for display purposes
                                                    */
                                                    function ERC20Token(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals) {
                                                        require(bytes(_name).length > 0 && bytes(_symbol).length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        symbol = _symbol;
                                                        decimals = _decimals;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != 0x0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = safeSub(balanceOf[msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        Transfer(msg.sender, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_from)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        allowance[_from][msg.sender] = safeSub(allowance[_from][msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = safeSub(balanceOf[_from], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        Transfer(_from, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allow another account/contract to spend some tokens on your behalf
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        also, to minimize the risk of the approve/transferFrom attack vector
                                                        (see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YLPtQxZu1UAvO9cZ1O2RPXBbT0mooh4DYKjA_jp-RLM/), approve has to be called twice
                                                        in 2 separate transactions - once to change the allowance to 0 and secondly to change it to the new allowance value
                                                
                                                        @param _spender approved address
                                                        @param _value   allowance amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the approval was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_spender)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        // if the allowance isn't 0, it can only be updated to 0 to prevent an allowance change immediately after withdrawal
                                                        require(_value == 0 || allowance[msg.sender][_spender] == 0);
                                                
                                                        allowance[msg.sender][_spender] = _value;
                                                        Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is ITokenHolder, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token v0.2
                                                
                                                    'Owned' is specified here for readability reasons
                                                */
                                                contract SmartToken is ISmartToken, ERC20Token, Owned, TokenHolder {
                                                    string public version = '0.2';
                                                
                                                    bool public transfersEnabled = true;    // true if transfer/transferFrom are enabled, false if not
                                                
                                                    // triggered when a smart token is deployed - the _token address is defined for forward compatibility, in case we want to trigger the event from a factory
                                                    event NewSmartToken(address _token);
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is increased
                                                    event Issuance(uint256 _amount);
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is decreased
                                                    event Destruction(uint256 _amount);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _name       token name
                                                        @param _symbol     token short symbol, 1-6 characters
                                                        @param _decimals   for display purposes only
                                                    */
                                                    function SmartToken(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals)
                                                        ERC20Token(_name, _symbol, _decimals)
                                                    {
                                                        require(bytes(_symbol).length <= 6); // validate input
                                                        NewSmartToken(address(this));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when transfers aren't disabled
                                                    modifier transfersAllowed {
                                                        assert(transfersEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables/enables transfers
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _disable    true to disable transfers, false to enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public ownerOnly {
                                                        transfersEnabled = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev increases the token supply and sends the new tokens to an account
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _to         account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount     amount to increase the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        totalSupply = safeAdd(totalSupply, _amount);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _amount);
                                                
                                                        Issuance(_amount);
                                                        Transfer(this, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev removes tokens from an account and decreases the token supply
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _from       account to remove the amount from
                                                        @param _amount     amount to decrease the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = safeSub(balanceOf[_from], _amount);
                                                        totalSupply = safeSub(totalSupply, _amount);
                                                
                                                        Transfer(_from, this, _amount);
                                                        Destruction(_amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ERC20 standard method overrides with some extra functionality
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                        note that when transferring to the smart token's address, the coins are actually destroyed
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transfer(_to, _value));
                                                
                                                        // transferring to the contract address destroys tokens
                                                        if (_to == address(this)) {
                                                            balanceOf[_to] -= _value;
                                                            totalSupply -= _value;
                                                            Destruction(_value);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                        note that when transferring to the smart token's address, the coins are actually destroyed
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transferFrom(_from, _to, _value));
                                                
                                                        // transferring to the contract address destroys tokens
                                                        if (_to == address(this)) {
                                                            balanceOf[_to] -= _value;
                                                            totalSupply -= _value;
                                                            Destruction(_value);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 6 of 15: BancorConverter
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IWhitelist.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Whitelist interface
                                                */
                                                contract IWhitelist {
                                                    function isWhitelisted(address _address) public view returns (bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorConverter.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorConverter {
                                                    function getReturn(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256);
                                                    function convert2(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function quickConvert2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function conversionsEnabled() public view returns (bool) {this;}
                                                    function conversionWhitelist() public view returns (IWhitelist) {this;}
                                                    function conversionFee() public view returns (uint32) {this;}
                                                    function reserves(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool) {_address; this;}
                                                    function getReserveBalance(IERC20Token _reserveToken) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function reserveTokens(uint256 _index) public view returns (IERC20Token) {_index; this;}
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function change(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256);
                                                    function quickConvert(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                    function connectors(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool);
                                                    function getConnectorBalance(IERC20Token _connectorToken) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function connectorTokens(uint256 _index) public view returns (IERC20Token);
                                                    function connectorTokenCount() public view returns (uint16);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorConverterUpgrader.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Converter Upgrader interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorConverterUpgrader {
                                                    function upgrade(bytes32 _version) public;
                                                    function upgrade(uint16 _version) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorFormula.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Formula interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorFormula {
                                                    function calculatePurchaseReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _depositAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateSaleReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _sellAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateCrossReserveReturn(uint256 _fromReserveBalance, uint32 _fromReserveRatio, uint256 _toReserveBalance, uint32 _toReserveRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateFundCost(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateLiquidateReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function calculateCrossConnectorReturn(uint256 _fromConnectorBalance, uint32 _fromConnectorWeight, uint256 _toConnectorBalance, uint32 _toConnectorWeight, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/IBancorNetwork.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Network interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorNetwork {
                                                    function convert2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function claimAndConvert2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function convertFor2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function convertForPrioritized4(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature,
                                                        address _affiliateAccount,
                                                        uint256 _affiliateFee
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function claimAndConvert(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function claimAndConvertFor(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for
                                                    ) public returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized3(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _customVal,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function convertForPrioritized(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        address _for,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint256 _nonce,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) public payable returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/FeatureIds.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Id definitions for bancor contract features
                                                  * 
                                                  * Can be used to query the ContractFeatures contract to check whether a certain feature is supported by a contract
                                                */
                                                contract FeatureIds {
                                                    // converter features
                                                    uint256 public constant CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST = 1 << 0;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {this;}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the owner is updated
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _prevOwner previous owner
                                                      * @param _newOwner  new owner
                                                    */
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new Owned instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                      * the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Managed.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Provides support and utilities for contract management
                                                  * Note that a managed contract must also have an owner
                                                */
                                                contract Managed is Owned {
                                                    address public manager;
                                                    address public newManager;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the manager is updated
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _prevManager previous manager
                                                      * @param _newManager  new manager
                                                    */
                                                    event ManagerUpdate(address indexed _prevManager, address indexed _newManager);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new Managed instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        manager = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the manager only
                                                    modifier managerOnly {
                                                        assert(msg.sender == manager);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by either the owner or the manager only
                                                    modifier ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner || msg.sender == manager);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the contract management
                                                      * the new manager still needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract manager
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newManager    new contract manager
                                                    */
                                                    function transferManagement(address _newManager) public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        require(_newManager != manager);
                                                        newManager = _newManager;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new manager to accept a management transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptManagement() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newManager);
                                                        emit ManagerUpdate(manager, newManager);
                                                        manager = newManager;
                                                        newManager = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/SafeMath.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Library for basic math operations with overflow/underflow protection
                                                */
                                                library SafeMath {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   value 1
                                                      * @param _y   value 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function add(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        require(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, reverts if the calculation underflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   minuend
                                                      * @param _y   subtrahend
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function sub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   factor 1
                                                      * @param _y   factor 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function mul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        // gas optimization
                                                        if (_x == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        require(z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                      /**
                                                        * ev Integer division of two numbers truncating the quotient, reverts on division by zero.
                                                        * 
                                                        * aram _x   dividend
                                                        * aram _y   divisor
                                                        * 
                                                        * eturn quotient
                                                    */
                                                    function div(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_y > 0);
                                                        uint256 c = _x / _y;
                                                
                                                        return c;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractRegistry.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Registry interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractRegistry {
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/ContractRegistryClient.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Base contract for ContractRegistry clients
                                                */
                                                contract ContractRegistryClient is Owned, Utils {
                                                    bytes32 internal constant CONTRACT_FEATURES = "ContractFeatures";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant CONTRACT_REGISTRY = "ContractRegistry";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_NETWORK = "BancorNetwork";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_FORMULA = "BancorFormula";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_GAS_PRICE_LIMIT = "BancorGasPriceLimit";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_FACTORY = "BancorConverterFactory";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER = "BancorConverterUpgrader";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_REGISTRY = "BancorConverterRegistry";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_REGISTRY_DATA = "BancorConverterRegistryData";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BNT_TOKEN = "BNTToken";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_X = "BancorX";
                                                    bytes32 internal constant BANCOR_X_UPGRADER = "BancorXUpgrader";
                                                
                                                    IContractRegistry public registry;      // address of the current contract-registry
                                                    IContractRegistry public prevRegistry;  // address of the previous contract-registry
                                                    bool public adminOnly;                  // only an administrator can update the contract-registry
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev verifies that the caller is mapped to the given contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _contractName    contract name
                                                    */
                                                    modifier only(bytes32 _contractName) {
                                                        require(msg.sender == addressOf(_contractName));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new ContractRegistryClient instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _registry   address of a contract-registry contract
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(IContractRegistry _registry) internal validAddress(_registry) {
                                                        registry = IContractRegistry(_registry);
                                                        prevRegistry = IContractRegistry(_registry);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev updates to the new contract-registry
                                                     */
                                                    function updateRegistry() public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(!adminOnly || isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // get the new contract-registry
                                                        address newRegistry = addressOf(CONTRACT_REGISTRY);
                                                
                                                        // verify that the new contract-registry is different and not zero
                                                        require(newRegistry != address(registry) && newRegistry != address(0));
                                                
                                                        // verify that the new contract-registry is pointing to a non-zero contract-registry
                                                        require(IContractRegistry(newRegistry).addressOf(CONTRACT_REGISTRY) != address(0));
                                                
                                                        // save a backup of the current contract-registry before replacing it
                                                        prevRegistry = registry;
                                                
                                                        // replace the current contract-registry with the new contract-registry
                                                        registry = IContractRegistry(newRegistry);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev restores the previous contract-registry
                                                    */
                                                    function restoreRegistry() public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // restore the previous contract-registry
                                                        registry = prevRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev restricts the permission to update the contract-registry
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _adminOnly    indicates whether or not permission is restricted to administrator only
                                                    */
                                                    function restrictRegistryUpdate(bool _adminOnly) public {
                                                        // verify that this function is permitted
                                                        require(adminOnly != _adminOnly && isAdmin());
                                                
                                                        // change the permission to update the contract-registry
                                                        adminOnly = _adminOnly;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns whether or not the caller is an administrator
                                                     */
                                                    function isAdmin() internal view returns (bool) {
                                                        return msg.sender == owner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the address associated with the given contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _contractName    contract name
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return contract address
                                                    */
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) internal view returns (address) {
                                                        return registry.addressOf(_contractName);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractFeatures.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Features interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractFeatures {
                                                    function isSupported(address _contract, uint256 _features) public view returns (bool);
                                                    function enableFeatures(uint256 _features, bool _enable) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IAddressList.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Address list interface
                                                */
                                                contract IAddressList {
                                                    mapping (address => bool) public listedAddresses;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is IOwned, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartTokenController.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token Controller interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartTokenController {
                                                    function claimTokens(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function token() public view returns (ISmartToken) {this;}
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/ITokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/INonStandardERC20.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface which doesn't return true/false for transfer, transferFrom and approve
                                                */
                                                contract INonStandardERC20 {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/TokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                  * for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                  * 
                                                  * The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                  * the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                  * 
                                                  * Note that we use the non standard ERC-20 interface which has no return value for transfer
                                                  * in order to support both non standard as well as standard token contracts.
                                                  * see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4116
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new TokenHolder instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                      * @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        INonStandardERC20(_token).transfer(_to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/SmartTokenController.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev The smart token controller is an upgradable part of the smart token that allows
                                                  * more functionality as well as fixes for bugs/exploits.
                                                  * Once it accepts ownership of the token, it becomes the token's sole controller
                                                  * that can execute any of its functions.
                                                  * 
                                                  * To upgrade the controller, ownership must be transferred to a new controller, along with
                                                  * any relevant data.
                                                  * 
                                                  * The smart token must be set on construction and cannot be changed afterwards.
                                                  * Wrappers are provided (as opposed to a single 'execute' function) for each of the token's functions, for easier access.
                                                  * 
                                                  * Note that the controller can transfer token ownership to a new controller that
                                                  * doesn't allow executing any function on the token, for a trustless solution.
                                                  * Doing that will also remove the owner's ability to upgrade the controller.
                                                */
                                                contract SmartTokenController is ISmartTokenController, TokenHolder {
                                                    ISmartToken public token;   // Smart Token contract
                                                    address public bancorX;     // BancorX contract
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new SmartTokenController instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _token      smart token governed by the controller
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(ISmartToken _token)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                    {
                                                        token = _token;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ensures that the controller is the token's owner
                                                    modifier active() {
                                                        require(token.owner() == address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ensures that the controller is not the token's owner
                                                    modifier inactive() {
                                                        require(token.owner() != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the token ownership
                                                      * the new owner needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newOwner    new token owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferTokenOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        token.transferOwnership(_newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new owner to accept a token ownership transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptTokenOwnership() public ownerOnly {
                                                        token.acceptOwnership();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev withdraws tokens held by the controller and sends them to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                      * @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawFromToken(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public ownerOnly {
                                                        ITokenHolder(token).withdrawTokens(_token, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the associated BancorX contract to claim tokens from any address (so that users
                                                      * dont have to first give allowance when calling BancorX)
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _from      address to claim the tokens from
                                                      * @param _amount    the amount of tokens to claim
                                                     */
                                                    function claimTokens(address _from, uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        // only the associated BancorX contract may call this method
                                                        require(msg.sender == bancorX);
                                                
                                                        // destroy the tokens belonging to _from, and issue the same amount to bancorX
                                                        token.destroy(_from, _amount);
                                                        token.issue(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the owner to set the associated BancorX contract
                                                      * @param _bancorX    BancorX contract
                                                     */
                                                    function setBancorX(address _bancorX) public ownerOnly {
                                                        bancorX = _bancorX;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IEtherToken.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Ether Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IEtherToken is ITokenHolder, IERC20Token {
                                                    function deposit() public payable;
                                                    function withdraw(uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function withdrawTo(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/bancorx/interfaces/IBancorX.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                contract IBancorX {
                                                    function xTransfer(bytes32 _toBlockchain, bytes32 _to, uint256 _amount, uint256 _id) public;
                                                    function getXTransferAmount(uint256 _xTransferId, address _for) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/BancorConverter.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Bancor Converter
                                                  * 
                                                  * The Bancor converter allows for conversions between a Smart Token and other ERC20 tokens and between different ERC20 tokens and themselves. 
                                                  * 
                                                  * The ERC20 reserve balance can be virtual, meaning that conversions between reserve tokens are based on the virtual balance instead of relying on the actual reserve balance.
                                                  * 
                                                  * This mechanism opens the possibility to create different financial tools (for example, lower slippage in conversions).
                                                  * 
                                                  * The converter is upgradable (just like any SmartTokenController) and all upgrades are opt-in. 
                                                  * 
                                                  * WARNING: It is NOT RECOMMENDED to use the converter with Smart Tokens that have less than 8 decimal digits or with very small numbers because of precision loss 
                                                  * 
                                                  * Open issues:
                                                  * - Front-running attacks are currently mitigated by the following mechanisms:
                                                  *     - minimum return argument for each conversion provides a way to define a minimum/maximum price for the transaction
                                                  *     - gas price limit prevents users from having control over the order of execution
                                                  *     - gas price limit check can be skipped if the transaction comes from a trusted, whitelisted signer
                                                  * 
                                                  * Other potential solutions might include a commit/reveal based schemes
                                                  * - Possibly add getters for the reserve fields so that the client won't need to rely on the order in the struct
                                                */
                                                contract BancorConverter is IBancorConverter, SmartTokenController, Managed, ContractRegistryClient, FeatureIds {
                                                    using SafeMath for uint256;
                                                
                                                    uint32 private constant RATIO_RESOLUTION = 1000000;
                                                    uint64 private constant CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION = 1000000;
                                                
                                                    struct Reserve {
                                                        uint256 virtualBalance;         // reserve virtual balance
                                                        uint32 ratio;                   // reserve ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                        bool isVirtualBalanceEnabled;   // true if virtual balance is enabled, false if not
                                                        bool isSaleEnabled;             // is sale of the reserve token enabled, can be set by the owner
                                                        bool isSet;                     // used to tell if the mapping element is defined
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev version number
                                                    */
                                                    uint16 public version = 23;
                                                    string public converterType = 'bancor';
                                                
                                                    IWhitelist public conversionWhitelist;              // whitelist contract with list of addresses that are allowed to use the converter
                                                    IERC20Token[] public reserveTokens;                 // ERC20 standard token addresses (prior version 17, use 'connectorTokens' instead)
                                                    mapping (address => Reserve) public reserves;       // reserve token addresses -> reserve data (prior version 17, use 'connectors' instead)
                                                    uint32 private totalReserveRatio = 0;               // used to efficiently prevent increasing the total reserve ratio above 100%
                                                    uint32 public maxConversionFee = 0;                 // maximum conversion fee for the lifetime of the contract,
                                                                                                        // represented in ppm, 0...1000000 (0 = no fee, 100 = 0.01%, 1000000 = 100%)
                                                    uint32 public conversionFee = 0;                    // current conversion fee, represented in ppm, 0...maxConversionFee
                                                    bool public conversionsEnabled = true;              // true if token conversions is enabled, false if not
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when a conversion between two tokens occurs
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromToken       ERC20 token converted from
                                                      * @param _toToken         ERC20 token converted to
                                                      * @param _trader          wallet that initiated the trade
                                                      * @param _amount          amount converted, in fromToken
                                                      * @param _return          amount returned, minus conversion fee
                                                      * @param _conversionFee   conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    event Conversion(
                                                        address indexed _fromToken,
                                                        address indexed _toToken,
                                                        address indexed _trader,
                                                        uint256 _amount,
                                                        uint256 _return,
                                                        int256 _conversionFee
                                                    );
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered after a conversion with new price data
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _connectorToken     reserve token
                                                      * @param  _tokenSupply        smart token supply
                                                      * @param  _connectorBalance   reserve balance
                                                      * @param  _connectorWeight    reserve ratio
                                                    */
                                                    event PriceDataUpdate(
                                                        address indexed _connectorToken,
                                                        uint256 _tokenSupply,
                                                        uint256 _connectorBalance,
                                                        uint32 _connectorWeight
                                                    );
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the conversion fee is updated
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _prevFee    previous fee percentage, represented in ppm
                                                      * @param  _newFee     new fee percentage, represented in ppm
                                                    */
                                                    event ConversionFeeUpdate(uint32 _prevFee, uint32 _newFee);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when conversions are enabled/disabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _conversionsEnabled true if conversions are enabled, false if not
                                                    */
                                                    event ConversionsEnable(bool _conversionsEnabled);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when virtual balances are enabled/disabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _enabled true if virtual balances are enabled, false if not
                                                    */
                                                    event VirtualBalancesEnable(bool _enabled);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new BancorConverter instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param  _token              smart token governed by the converter
                                                      * @param  _registry           address of a contract registry contract
                                                      * @param  _maxConversionFee   maximum conversion fee, represented in ppm
                                                      * @param  _reserveToken       optional, initial reserve, allows defining the first reserve at deployment time
                                                      * @param  _reserveRatio       optional, ratio for the initial reserve
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(
                                                        ISmartToken _token,
                                                        IContractRegistry _registry,
                                                        uint32 _maxConversionFee,
                                                        IERC20Token _reserveToken,
                                                        uint32 _reserveRatio
                                                    )   ContractRegistryClient(_registry)
                                                        public
                                                        SmartTokenController(_token)
                                                        validConversionFee(_maxConversionFee)
                                                    {
                                                        IContractFeatures features = IContractFeatures(addressOf(CONTRACT_FEATURES));
                                                
                                                        // initialize supported features
                                                        if (features != address(0))
                                                            features.enableFeatures(FeatureIds.CONVERTER_CONVERSION_WHITELIST, true);
                                                
                                                        maxConversionFee = _maxConversionFee;
                                                
                                                        if (_reserveToken != address(0))
                                                            addReserve(_reserveToken, _reserveRatio);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates a reserve token address - verifies that the address belongs to one of the reserve tokens
                                                    modifier validReserve(IERC20Token _address) {
                                                        require(reserves[_address].isSet);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates conversion fee
                                                    modifier validConversionFee(uint32 _conversionFee) {
                                                        require(_conversionFee >= 0 && _conversionFee <= CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates reserve ratio
                                                    modifier validReserveRatio(uint32 _ratio) {
                                                        require(_ratio > 0 && _ratio <= RATIO_RESOLUTION);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when conversions aren't disabled
                                                    modifier conversionsAllowed {
                                                        require(conversionsEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only if the total-supply of the token is greater than zero
                                                    modifier totalSupplyGreaterThanZeroOnly {
                                                        require(token.totalSupply() > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only on a multiple-reserve converter
                                                    modifier multipleReservesOnly {
                                                        require(reserveTokens.length > 1);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the number of reserve tokens defined
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'connectorTokenCount' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return number of reserve tokens
                                                    */
                                                    function reserveTokenCount() public view returns (uint16) {
                                                        return uint16(reserveTokens.length);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows the owner to update & enable the conversion whitelist contract address
                                                      * when set, only addresses that are whitelisted are actually allowed to use the converter
                                                      * note that the whitelist check is actually done by the BancorNetwork contract
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _whitelist    address of a whitelist contract
                                                    */
                                                    function setConversionWhitelist(IWhitelist _whitelist)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        notThis(_whitelist)
                                                    {
                                                        conversionWhitelist = _whitelist;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev disables the entire conversion functionality
                                                      * this is a safety mechanism in case of a emergency
                                                      * can only be called by the manager
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _disable true to disable conversions, false to re-enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableConversions(bool _disable) public ownerOrManagerOnly {
                                                        if (conversionsEnabled == _disable) {
                                                            conversionsEnabled = !_disable;
                                                            emit ConversionsEnable(conversionsEnabled);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the token ownership
                                                      * the new owner needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * note that token ownership can only be transferred while the owner is the converter upgrader contract
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newOwner    new token owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferTokenOwnership(address _newOwner)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        only(BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER)
                                                    {
                                                        super.transferTokenOwnership(_newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new owner to accept a token ownership transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * note that token ownership can only be accepted if its total-supply is greater than zero
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptTokenOwnership()
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        totalSupplyGreaterThanZeroOnly
                                                    {
                                                        super.acceptTokenOwnership();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev updates the current conversion fee
                                                      * can only be called by the manager
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _conversionFee new conversion fee, represented in ppm
                                                    */
                                                    function setConversionFee(uint32 _conversionFee)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOrManagerOnly
                                                    {
                                                        require(_conversionFee >= 0 && _conversionFee <= maxConversionFee);
                                                        emit ConversionFeeUpdate(conversionFee, _conversionFee);
                                                        conversionFee = _conversionFee;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given a return amount, returns the amount minus the conversion fee
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _amount      return amount
                                                      * @param _magnitude   1 for standard conversion, 2 for cross reserve conversion
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return return amount minus conversion fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getFinalAmount(uint256 _amount, uint8 _magnitude) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return _amount.mul((CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION - conversionFee) ** _magnitude).div(CONVERSION_FEE_RESOLUTION ** _magnitude);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev withdraws tokens held by the converter and sends them to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * note that reserve tokens can only be withdrawn by the owner while the converter is inactive
                                                      * unless the owner is the converter upgrader contract
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                      * @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        address converterUpgrader = addressOf(BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER);
                                                
                                                        // if the token is not a reserve token, allow withdrawal
                                                        // otherwise verify that the converter is inactive or that the owner is the upgrader contract
                                                        require(!reserves[_token].isSet || token.owner() != address(this) || owner == converterUpgrader);
                                                        super.withdrawTokens(_token, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev upgrades the converter to the latest version
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * note that the owner needs to call acceptOwnership/acceptManagement on the new converter after the upgrade
                                                    */
                                                    function upgrade() public ownerOnly {
                                                        IBancorConverterUpgrader converterUpgrader = IBancorConverterUpgrader(addressOf(BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER));
                                                
                                                        transferOwnership(converterUpgrader);
                                                        converterUpgrader.upgrade(version);
                                                        acceptOwnership();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev defines a new reserve for the token
                                                      * can only be called by the owner while the converter is inactive
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'addConnector' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token                  address of the reserve token
                                                      * @param _ratio                  constant reserve ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                    */
                                                    function addReserve(IERC20Token _token, uint32 _ratio)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        inactive
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        notThis(_token)
                                                        validReserveRatio(_ratio)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_token != token && !reserves[_token].isSet && totalReserveRatio + _ratio <= RATIO_RESOLUTION); // validate input
                                                
                                                        reserves[_token].ratio = _ratio;
                                                        reserves[_token].isVirtualBalanceEnabled = false;
                                                        reserves[_token].virtualBalance = 0;
                                                        reserves[_token].isSaleEnabled = true;
                                                        reserves[_token].isSet = true;
                                                        reserveTokens.push(_token);
                                                        totalReserveRatio += _ratio;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev updates a reserve's virtual balance
                                                      * only used during an upgrade process
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner while the owner is the converter upgrader contract
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'updateConnector' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    address of the reserve token
                                                      * @param _virtualBalance  new reserve virtual balance, or 0 to disable virtual balance
                                                    */
                                                    function updateReserveVirtualBalance(IERC20Token _reserveToken, uint256 _virtualBalance)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        only(BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER)
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                    {
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled = _virtualBalance != 0;
                                                        reserve.virtualBalance = _virtualBalance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev enables virtual balance for the reserves
                                                      * virtual balance only affects conversions between reserve tokens
                                                      * virtual balance of all reserves can only scale by the same factor, to keep the ratio between them the same
                                                      * note that the balance is determined during the execution of this function and set statically -
                                                      * meaning that it's not calculated dynamically based on the factor after each conversion
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner while the converter is active
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _scaleFactor  percentage, 100-1000 (100 = no virtual balance, 1000 = virtual balance = actual balance * 10)
                                                    */
                                                    function enableVirtualBalances(uint16 _scaleFactor)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        active
                                                    {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_scaleFactor >= 100 && _scaleFactor <= 1000);
                                                        bool enable = _scaleFactor != 100;
                                                
                                                        // iterate through the reserves and scale their balance by the ratio provided,
                                                        // or disable virtual balance altogether if a factor of 100% is passed in
                                                        IERC20Token reserveToken;
                                                        for (uint16 i = 0; i < reserveTokens.length; i++) {
                                                            reserveToken = reserveTokens[i];
                                                            Reserve storage reserve = reserves[reserveToken];
                                                            reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled = enable;
                                                            reserve.virtualBalance = enable ? reserveToken.balanceOf(this).mul(_scaleFactor).div(100) : 0;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        emit VirtualBalancesEnable(enable);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev disables converting from the given reserve token in case the reserve token got compromised
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * note that converting to the token is still enabled regardless of this flag and it cannot be disabled by the owner
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'disableConnectorSale' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    reserve token contract address
                                                      * @param _disable         true to disable the token, false to re-enable it
                                                    */
                                                    function disableReserveSale(IERC20Token _reserveToken, bool _disable)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                    {
                                                        reserves[_reserveToken].isSaleEnabled = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the reserve's ratio
                                                      * added in version 22
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    reserve token contract address
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return reserve ratio
                                                    */
                                                    function getReserveRatio(IERC20Token _reserveToken)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return reserves[_reserveToken].ratio;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the reserve's virtual balance if one is defined, otherwise returns the actual balance
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'getConnectorBalance' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    reserve token contract address
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return reserve balance
                                                    */
                                                    function getReserveBalance(IERC20Token _reserveToken)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        return reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled ? reserve.virtualBalance : _reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev calculates the expected return of converting a given amount of tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromToken  contract address of the token to convert from
                                                      * @param _toToken    contract address of the token to convert to
                                                      * @param _amount     amount of tokens received from the user
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of tokens that the user will receive
                                                      * @return amount of tokens that the user will pay as fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getReturn(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256) {
                                                        require(_fromToken != _toToken); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // conversion between the token and one of its reserves
                                                        if (_toToken == token)
                                                            return getPurchaseReturn(_fromToken, _amount);
                                                        else if (_fromToken == token)
                                                            return getSaleReturn(_toToken, _amount);
                                                
                                                        // conversion between 2 reserves
                                                        return getCrossReserveReturn(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev calculates the expected return of buying with a given amount of tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    contract address of the reserve token
                                                      * @param _depositAmount   amount of reserve-tokens received from the user
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of supply-tokens that the user will receive
                                                      * @return amount of supply-tokens that the user will pay as fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getPurchaseReturn(IERC20Token _reserveToken, uint256 _depositAmount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        require(reserve.isSaleEnabled); // validate input
                                                
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 reserveBalance = _reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculatePurchaseReturn(tokenSupply, reserveBalance, reserve.ratio, _depositAmount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 1);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev calculates the expected return of selling a given amount of tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    contract address of the reserve token
                                                      * @param _sellAmount      amount of supply-tokens received from the user
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of reserve-tokens that the user will receive
                                                      * @return amount of reserve-tokens that the user will pay as fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getSaleReturn(IERC20Token _reserveToken, uint256 _sellAmount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validReserve(_reserveToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 reserveBalance = _reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculateSaleReturn(tokenSupply, reserveBalance, reserve.ratio, _sellAmount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 1);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev calculates the expected return of converting a given amount from one reserve to another
                                                      * note that prior to version 17, you should use 'getCrossConnectorReturn' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromReserveToken    contract address of the reserve token to convert from
                                                      * @param _toReserveToken      contract address of the reserve token to convert to
                                                      * @param _amount              amount of tokens received from the user
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of tokens that the user will receive
                                                      * @return amount of tokens that the user will pay as fee
                                                    */
                                                    function getCrossReserveReturn(IERC20Token _fromReserveToken, IERC20Token _toReserveToken, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        active
                                                        validReserve(_fromReserveToken)
                                                        validReserve(_toReserveToken)
                                                        returns (uint256, uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        Reserve storage fromReserve = reserves[_fromReserveToken];
                                                        Reserve storage toReserve = reserves[_toReserveToken];
                                                        require(fromReserve.isSaleEnabled); // validate input
                                                
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                        uint256 amount = formula.calculateCrossReserveReturn(
                                                            getReserveBalance(_fromReserveToken), 
                                                            fromReserve.ratio, 
                                                            getReserveBalance(_toReserveToken), 
                                                            toReserve.ratio, 
                                                            _amount);
                                                        uint256 finalAmount = getFinalAmount(amount, 2);
                                                
                                                        // return the amount minus the conversion fee and the conversion fee
                                                        // the fee is higher (magnitude = 2) since cross reserve conversion equals 2 conversions (from / to the smart token)
                                                        return (finalAmount, amount - finalAmount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts a specific amount of _fromToken to _toToken
                                                      * can only be called by the bancor network contract
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromToken  ERC20 token to convert from
                                                      * @param _toToken    ERC20 token to convert to
                                                      * @param _amount     amount to convert, in fromToken
                                                      * @param _minReturn  if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return conversion return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function convertInternal(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn)
                                                        public
                                                        only(BANCOR_NETWORK)
                                                        conversionsAllowed
                                                        greaterThanZero(_minReturn)
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_fromToken != _toToken); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // conversion between the token and one of its reserves
                                                        if (_toToken == token)
                                                            return buy(_fromToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                        else if (_fromToken == token)
                                                            return sell(_toToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                
                                                        // conversion between 2 reserves
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getCrossReserveReturn(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // update the source token virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Reserve storage fromReserve = reserves[_fromToken];
                                                        if (fromReserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            fromReserve.virtualBalance = fromReserve.virtualBalance.add(_amount);
                                                
                                                        // update the target token virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Reserve storage toReserve = reserves[_toToken];
                                                        if (toReserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            toReserve.virtualBalance = toReserve.virtualBalance.sub(amount);
                                                
                                                        // ensure that the trade won't deplete the reserve balance
                                                        uint256 toReserveBalance = getReserveBalance(_toToken);
                                                        assert(amount < toReserveBalance);
                                                
                                                        // transfer funds from the caller in the from reserve token
                                                        ensureTransferFrom(_fromToken, msg.sender, this, _amount);
                                                        // transfer funds to the caller in the to reserve token
                                                        // the transfer might fail if virtual balance is enabled
                                                        ensureTransferFrom(_toToken, this, msg.sender, amount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        // the fee is higher (magnitude = 2) since cross reserve conversion equals 2 conversions (from / to the smart token)
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data updates for the smart token / both reserves
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_fromToken, token.totalSupply(), _fromToken.balanceOf(this), fromReserve.ratio);
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_toToken, token.totalSupply(), _toToken.balanceOf(this), toReserve.ratio);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev buys the token by depositing one of its reserve tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    reserve token contract address
                                                      * @param _depositAmount   amount to deposit (in the reserve token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn       if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return buy return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function buy(IERC20Token _reserveToken, uint256 _depositAmount, uint256 _minReturn) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getPurchaseReturn(_reserveToken, _depositAmount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        if (reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            reserve.virtualBalance = reserve.virtualBalance.add(_depositAmount);
                                                
                                                        // transfer funds from the caller in the reserve token
                                                        ensureTransferFrom(_reserveToken, msg.sender, this, _depositAmount);
                                                        // issue new funds to the caller in the smart token
                                                        token.issue(msg.sender, amount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(_reserveToken, token, _depositAmount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data update for the smart token/reserve
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_reserveToken, token.totalSupply(), _reserveToken.balanceOf(this), reserve.ratio);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev sells the token by withdrawing from one of its reserve tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _reserveToken    reserve token contract address
                                                      * @param _sellAmount      amount to sell (in the smart token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn       if the conversion results in an amount smaller the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sell return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function sell(IERC20Token _reserveToken, uint256 _sellAmount, uint256 _minReturn) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_sellAmount <= token.balanceOf(msg.sender)); // validate input
                                                        uint256 amount;
                                                        uint256 feeAmount;
                                                        (amount, feeAmount) = getSaleReturn(_reserveToken, _sellAmount);
                                                        // ensure the trade gives something in return and meets the minimum requested amount
                                                        require(amount != 0 && amount >= _minReturn);
                                                
                                                        // ensure that the trade will only deplete the reserve balance if the total supply is depleted as well
                                                        uint256 tokenSupply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        uint256 reserveBalance = _reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                        assert(amount < reserveBalance || (amount == reserveBalance && _sellAmount == tokenSupply));
                                                
                                                        // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_reserveToken];
                                                        if (reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                            reserve.virtualBalance = reserve.virtualBalance.sub(amount);
                                                
                                                        // destroy _sellAmount from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                        token.destroy(msg.sender, _sellAmount);
                                                        // transfer funds to the caller in the reserve token
                                                        ensureTransferFrom(_reserveToken, this, msg.sender, amount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the conversion event
                                                        dispatchConversionEvent(token, _reserveToken, _sellAmount, amount, feeAmount);
                                                
                                                        // dispatch price data update for the smart token/reserve
                                                        emit PriceDataUpdate(_reserveToken, token.totalSupply(), _reserveToken.balanceOf(this), reserve.ratio);
                                                        return amount;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts a specific amount of _fromToken to _toToken
                                                      * note that prior to version 16, you should use 'convert' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromToken           ERC20 token to convert from
                                                      * @param _toToken             ERC20 token to convert to
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert, in fromToken
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return conversion return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function convert2(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        IERC20Token[] memory path = new IERC20Token[](3);
                                                        (path[0], path[1], path[2]) = (_fromToken, token, _toToken);
                                                        return quickConvert2(path, _amount, _minReturn, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following a predefined conversion path
                                                      * note that when converting from an ERC20 token (as opposed to a smart token), allowance must be set beforehand
                                                      * note that prior to version 16, you should use 'quickConvert' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format in the BancorNetwork contract
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvert2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee)
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        return quickConvertPrioritized2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, getSignature(0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0), _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev converts the token to any other token in the bancor network by following a predefined conversion path
                                                      * note that when converting from an ERC20 token (as opposed to a smart token), allowance must be set beforehand
                                                      * note that prior to version 16, you should use 'quickConvertPrioritized' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path                conversion path, see conversion path format in the BancorNetwork contract
                                                      * @param _amount              amount to convert from (in the initial source token)
                                                      * @param _minReturn           if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _signature           an array of the following elements:
                                                      *     [0] uint256             custom value that was signed for prioritized conversion; must be equal to _amount
                                                      *     [1] uint256             if the current block exceeded the given parameter - it is cancelled
                                                      *     [2] uint8               (signature[128:130]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [3] bytes32             (signature[0:64]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [4] bytes32             (signature[64:128]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      * if the array is empty (length == 0), then the gas-price limit is verified instead of the signature
                                                      * @param _affiliateAccount    affiliate account
                                                      * @param _affiliateFee        affiliate fee in PPM
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvertPrioritized2(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, uint256[] memory _signature, address _affiliateAccount, uint256 _affiliateFee)
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_signature.length == 0 || _signature[0] == _amount);
                                                
                                                        IBancorNetwork bancorNetwork = IBancorNetwork(addressOf(BANCOR_NETWORK));
                                                
                                                        // we need to transfer the source tokens from the caller to the BancorNetwork contract,
                                                        // so it can execute the conversion on behalf of the caller
                                                        if (msg.value == 0) {
                                                            // not ETH, send the source tokens to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            // if the token is the smart token, no allowance is required - destroy the tokens
                                                            // from the caller and issue them to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            if (_path[0] == token) {
                                                                token.destroy(msg.sender, _amount); // destroy _amount tokens from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                                token.issue(bancorNetwork, _amount); // issue _amount new tokens to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                            } else {
                                                                // otherwise, we assume we already have allowance, transfer the tokens directly to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                                ensureTransferFrom(_path[0], msg.sender, bancorNetwork, _amount);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // execute the conversion and pass on the ETH with the call
                                                        return bancorNetwork.convertForPrioritized4.value(msg.value)(_path, _amount, _minReturn, msg.sender, _signature, _affiliateAccount, _affiliateFee);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows a user to convert BNT that was sent from another blockchain into any other
                                                      * token on the BancorNetwork without specifying the amount of BNT to be converted, but
                                                      * rather by providing the xTransferId which allows us to get the amount from BancorX.
                                                      * note that prior to version 16, you should use 'completeXConversion' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _path            conversion path, see conversion path format in the BancorNetwork contract
                                                      * @param _minReturn       if the conversion results in an amount smaller than the minimum return - it is cancelled, must be nonzero
                                                      * @param _conversionId    pre-determined unique (if non zero) id which refers to this transaction 
                                                      * @param _signature       an array of the following elements:
                                                      *     [0] uint256         custom value that was signed for prioritized conversion; must be equal to _conversionId
                                                      *     [1] uint256         if the current block exceeded the given parameter - it is cancelled
                                                      *     [2] uint8           (signature[128:130]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [3] bytes32         (signature[0:64]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      *     [4] bytes32         (signature[64:128]) associated with the signer address and helps to validate if the signature is legit
                                                      * if the array is empty (length == 0), then the gas-price limit is verified instead of the signature
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return tokens issued in return
                                                    */
                                                    function completeXConversion2(
                                                        IERC20Token[] _path,
                                                        uint256 _minReturn,
                                                        uint256 _conversionId,
                                                        uint256[] memory _signature
                                                    )
                                                        public
                                                        returns (uint256)
                                                    {
                                                        // verify that the custom value (if valid) is equal to _conversionId
                                                        require(_signature.length == 0 || _signature[0] == _conversionId);
                                                
                                                        IBancorX bancorX = IBancorX(addressOf(BANCOR_X));
                                                        IBancorNetwork bancorNetwork = IBancorNetwork(addressOf(BANCOR_NETWORK));
                                                
                                                        // verify that the first token in the path is BNT
                                                        require(_path[0] == addressOf(BNT_TOKEN));
                                                
                                                        // get conversion amount from BancorX contract
                                                        uint256 amount = bancorX.getXTransferAmount(_conversionId, msg.sender);
                                                
                                                        // send BNT from msg.sender to the BancorNetwork contract
                                                        token.destroy(msg.sender, amount);
                                                        token.issue(bancorNetwork, amount);
                                                
                                                        return bancorNetwork.convertForPrioritized4(_path, amount, _minReturn, msg.sender, _signature, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns whether or not the caller is an administrator
                                                     */
                                                    function isAdmin() internal view returns (bool) {
                                                        return msg.sender == owner || msg.sender == manager;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev ensures transfer of tokens, taking into account that some ERC-20 implementations don't return
                                                      * true on success but revert on failure instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token     the token to transfer
                                                      * @param _from      the address to transfer the tokens from
                                                      * @param _to        the address to transfer the tokens to
                                                      * @param _amount    the amount to transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function ensureTransferFrom(IERC20Token _token, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) private {
                                                        // We must assume that functions `transfer` and `transferFrom` do not return anything,
                                                        // because not all tokens abide the requirement of the ERC20 standard to return success or failure.
                                                        // This is because in the current compiler version, the calling contract can handle more returned data than expected but not less.
                                                        // This may change in the future, so that the calling contract will revert if the size of the data is not exactly what it expects.
                                                        uint256 prevBalance = _token.balanceOf(_to);
                                                        if (_from == address(this))
                                                            INonStandardERC20(_token).transfer(_to, _amount);
                                                        else
                                                            INonStandardERC20(_token).transferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
                                                        uint256 postBalance = _token.balanceOf(_to);
                                                        require(postBalance > prevBalance);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev buys the token with all reserve tokens using the same percentage
                                                      * for example, if the caller increases the supply by 10%,
                                                      * then it will cost an amount equal to 10% of each reserve token balance
                                                      * note that the function can be called only when conversions are enabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to increase the supply by (in the smart token)
                                                    */
                                                    function fund(uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        conversionsAllowed
                                                        multipleReservesOnly
                                                    {
                                                        uint256 supply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                
                                                        // iterate through the reserve tokens and transfer a percentage equal to the ratio between _amount
                                                        // and the total supply in each reserve from the caller to the converter
                                                        IERC20Token reserveToken;
                                                        uint256 reserveBalance;
                                                        uint256 reserveAmount;
                                                        for (uint16 i = 0; i < reserveTokens.length; i++) {
                                                            reserveToken = reserveTokens[i];
                                                            reserveBalance = reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                            reserveAmount = formula.calculateFundCost(supply, reserveBalance, totalReserveRatio, _amount);
                                                
                                                            // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                            Reserve storage reserve = reserves[reserveToken];
                                                            if (reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                                reserve.virtualBalance = reserve.virtualBalance.add(reserveAmount);
                                                
                                                            // transfer funds from the caller in the reserve token
                                                            ensureTransferFrom(reserveToken, msg.sender, this, reserveAmount);
                                                
                                                            // dispatch price data update for the smart token/reserve
                                                            emit PriceDataUpdate(reserveToken, supply + _amount, reserveBalance + reserveAmount, reserve.ratio);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // issue new funds to the caller in the smart token
                                                        token.issue(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev sells the token for all reserve tokens using the same percentage
                                                      * for example, if the holder sells 10% of the supply,
                                                      * then they will receive 10% of each reserve token balance in return
                                                      * note that the function can be called also when conversions are disabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to liquidate (in the smart token)
                                                    */
                                                    function liquidate(uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        multipleReservesOnly
                                                    {
                                                        uint256 supply = token.totalSupply();
                                                        IBancorFormula formula = IBancorFormula(addressOf(BANCOR_FORMULA));
                                                
                                                        // destroy _amount from the caller's balance in the smart token
                                                        token.destroy(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                
                                                        // iterate through the reserve tokens and send a percentage equal to the ratio between _amount
                                                        // and the total supply from each reserve balance to the caller
                                                        IERC20Token reserveToken;
                                                        uint256 reserveBalance;
                                                        uint256 reserveAmount;
                                                        for (uint16 i = 0; i < reserveTokens.length; i++) {
                                                            reserveToken = reserveTokens[i];
                                                            reserveBalance = reserveToken.balanceOf(this);
                                                            reserveAmount = formula.calculateLiquidateReturn(supply, reserveBalance, totalReserveRatio, _amount);
                                                
                                                            // update virtual balance if relevant
                                                            Reserve storage reserve = reserves[reserveToken];
                                                            if (reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled)
                                                                reserve.virtualBalance = reserve.virtualBalance.sub(reserveAmount);
                                                
                                                            // transfer funds to the caller in the reserve token
                                                            ensureTransferFrom(reserveToken, this, msg.sender, reserveAmount);
                                                
                                                            // dispatch price data update for the smart token/reserve
                                                            emit PriceDataUpdate(reserveToken, supply - _amount, reserveBalance - reserveAmount, reserve.ratio);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev helper, dispatches the Conversion event
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromToken       ERC20 token to convert from
                                                      * @param _toToken         ERC20 token to convert to
                                                      * @param _amount          amount purchased/sold (in the source token)
                                                      * @param _returnAmount    amount returned (in the target token)
                                                    */
                                                    function dispatchConversionEvent(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _returnAmount, uint256 _feeAmount) private {
                                                        // fee amount is converted to 255 bits -
                                                        // negative amount means the fee is taken from the source token, positive amount means its taken from the target token
                                                        // currently the fee is always taken from the target token
                                                        // since we convert it to a signed number, we first ensure that it's capped at 255 bits to prevent overflow
                                                        assert(_feeAmount < 2 ** 255);
                                                        emit Conversion(_fromToken, _toToken, msg.sender, _amount, _returnAmount, int256(_feeAmount));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function getSignature(
                                                        uint256 _customVal,
                                                        uint256 _block,
                                                        uint8 _v,
                                                        bytes32 _r,
                                                        bytes32 _s
                                                    ) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
                                                        if (_v == 0x0 && _r == 0x0 && _s == 0x0)
                                                            return new uint256[](0);
                                                        uint256[] memory signature = new uint256[](5);
                                                        signature[0] = _customVal;
                                                        signature[1] = _block;
                                                        signature[2] = uint256(_v);
                                                        signature[3] = uint256(_r);
                                                        signature[4] = uint256(_s);
                                                        return signature;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function change(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        return convertInternal(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount, _minReturn);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function convert(IERC20Token _fromToken, IERC20Token _toToken, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        return convert2(_fromToken, _toToken, _amount, _minReturn, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvert(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn) public payable returns (uint256) {
                                                        return quickConvert2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function quickConvertPrioritized(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _amount, uint256 _minReturn, uint256 _block, uint8 _v, bytes32 _r, bytes32 _s) public payable returns (uint256) {
                                                        return quickConvertPrioritized2(_path, _amount, _minReturn, getSignature(_amount, _block, _v, _r, _s), address(0), 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function completeXConversion(IERC20Token[] _path, uint256 _minReturn, uint256 _conversionId, uint256 _block, uint8 _v, bytes32 _r, bytes32 _s) public returns (uint256) {
                                                        return completeXConversion2(_path, _minReturn, _conversionId, getSignature(_conversionId, _block, _v, _r, _s));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function connectors(address _address) public view returns (uint256, uint32, bool, bool, bool) {
                                                        Reserve storage reserve = reserves[_address];
                                                        return(reserve.virtualBalance, reserve.ratio, reserve.isVirtualBalanceEnabled, reserve.isSaleEnabled, reserve.isSet);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function connectorTokens(uint256 _index) public view returns (IERC20Token) {
                                                        return BancorConverter.reserveTokens[_index];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function connectorTokenCount() public view returns (uint16) {
                                                        return reserveTokenCount();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function addConnector(IERC20Token _token, uint32 _weight, bool /*_enableVirtualBalance*/) public {
                                                        addReserve(_token, _weight);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function updateConnector(IERC20Token _connectorToken, uint32 /*_weight*/, bool /*_enableVirtualBalance*/, uint256 _virtualBalance) public {
                                                        updateReserveVirtualBalance(_connectorToken, _virtualBalance);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function disableConnectorSale(IERC20Token _connectorToken, bool _disable) public {
                                                        disableReserveSale(_connectorToken, _disable);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function getConnectorBalance(IERC20Token _connectorToken) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return getReserveBalance(_connectorToken);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function getCrossConnectorReturn(IERC20Token _fromConnectorToken, IERC20Token _toConnectorToken, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256, uint256) {
                                                        return getCrossReserveReturn(_fromConnectorToken, _toConnectorToken, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 7 of 15: EtherToken
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.11;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function Utils() {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != 0x0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Overflow protected math functions
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public constant returns (address owner) { owner; }
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address _prevOwner, address _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function Owned() {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        assert(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = 0x0;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                    for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                
                                                    The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                    the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function TokenHolder() {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(_token.transfer(_to, _amount));
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public constant returns (string name) { name; }
                                                    function symbol() public constant returns (string symbol) { symbol; }
                                                    function decimals() public constant returns (uint8 decimals) { decimals; }
                                                    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint256 totalSupply) { totalSupply; }
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public constant returns (uint256 balance) { _owner; balance; }
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint256 remaining) { _owner; _spender; remaining; }
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token implementation
                                                */
                                                contract ERC20Token is IERC20Token, Utils {
                                                    string public standard = 'Token 0.1';
                                                    string public name = '';
                                                    string public symbol = '';
                                                    uint8 public decimals = 0;
                                                    uint256 public totalSupply = 0;
                                                    mapping (address => uint256) public balanceOf;
                                                    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) public allowance;
                                                
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _value);
                                                    event Approval(address indexed _owner, address indexed _spender, uint256 _value);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _name        token name
                                                        @param _symbol      token symbol
                                                        @param _decimals    decimal points, for display purposes
                                                    */
                                                    function ERC20Token(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals) {
                                                        require(bytes(_name).length > 0 && bytes(_symbol).length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        symbol = _symbol;
                                                        decimals = _decimals;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = safeSub(balanceOf[msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        Transfer(msg.sender, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_from)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        allowance[_from][msg.sender] = safeSub(allowance[_from][msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = safeSub(balanceOf[_from], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        Transfer(_from, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allow another account/contract to spend some tokens on your behalf
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        also, to minimize the risk of the approve/transferFrom attack vector
                                                        (see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YLPtQxZu1UAvO9cZ1O2RPXBbT0mooh4DYKjA_jp-RLM/), approve has to be called twice
                                                        in 2 separate transactions - once to change the allowance to 0 and secondly to change it to the new allowance value
                                                
                                                        @param _spender approved address
                                                        @param _value   allowance amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the approval was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_spender)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        // if the allowance isn't 0, it can only be updated to 0 to prevent an allowance change immediately after withdrawal
                                                        require(_value == 0 || allowance[msg.sender][_spender] == 0);
                                                
                                                        allowance[msg.sender][_spender] = _value;
                                                        Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Ether Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IEtherToken is ITokenHolder, IERC20Token {
                                                    function deposit() public payable;
                                                    function withdraw(uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function withdrawTo(address _to, uint256 _amount);
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Ether tokenization contract
                                                
                                                    'Owned' is specified here for readability reasons
                                                */
                                                contract EtherToken is IEtherToken, Owned, ERC20Token, TokenHolder {
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is increased
                                                    event Issuance(uint256 _amount);
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is decreased
                                                    event Destruction(uint256 _amount);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function EtherToken()
                                                        ERC20Token('Ether Token', 'ETH', 18) {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev deposit ether in the account
                                                    */
                                                    function deposit() public payable {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = safeAdd(balanceOf[msg.sender], msg.value); // add the value to the account balance
                                                        totalSupply = safeAdd(totalSupply, msg.value); // increase the total supply
                                                
                                                        Issuance(msg.value);
                                                        Transfer(this, msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraw ether from the account
                                                
                                                        @param _amount  amount of ether to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdraw(uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        withdrawTo(msg.sender, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraw ether from the account to a target account
                                                
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the ether
                                                        @param _amount  amount of ether to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTo(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = safeSub(balanceOf[msg.sender], _amount); // deduct the amount from the account balance
                                                        totalSupply = safeSub(totalSupply, _amount); // decrease the total supply
                                                        _to.transfer(_amount); // send the amount to the target account
                                                
                                                        Transfer(msg.sender, this, _amount);
                                                        Destruction(_amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ERC20 standard method overrides with some extra protection
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(super.transfer(_to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(super.transferFrom(_from, _to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev deposit ether in the account
                                                    */
                                                    function() public payable {
                                                        deposit();
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 8 of 15: EToken2
                                                // This software is a subject to Ambisafe License Agreement.
                                                // No use or distribution is allowed without written permission from Ambisafe.
                                                // https://ambisafe.com/terms.pdf
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.8;
                                                
                                                contract Ambi2 {
                                                    function claimFor(address _address, address _owner) returns(bool);
                                                    function hasRole(address _from, bytes32 _role, address _to) constant returns(bool);
                                                    function isOwner(address _node, address _owner) constant returns(bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Ambi2Enabled {
                                                    Ambi2 ambi2;
                                                
                                                    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 _role) {
                                                        if (address(ambi2) != 0x0 && ambi2.hasRole(this, _role, msg.sender)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Perform only after claiming the node, or claim in the same tx.
                                                    function setupAmbi2(Ambi2 _ambi2) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (address(ambi2) != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        ambi2 = _ambi2;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Ambi2EnabledFull is Ambi2Enabled {
                                                    // Setup and claim atomically.
                                                    function setupAmbi2(Ambi2 _ambi2) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (address(ambi2) != 0x0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (!_ambi2.claimFor(this, msg.sender) && !_ambi2.isOwner(this, msg.sender)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        ambi2 = _ambi2;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract RegistryICAPInterface {
                                                    function parse(bytes32 _icap) constant returns(address, bytes32, bool);
                                                    function institutions(bytes32 _institution) constant returns(address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Cosigner {
                                                    function consumeOperation(bytes32 _opHash, uint _required) returns(bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Emitter {
                                                    function emitTransfer(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, string _reference);
                                                    function emitTransferToICAP(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference);
                                                    function emitIssue(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, address _by);
                                                    function emitRevoke(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, address _by);
                                                    function emitOwnershipChange(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _symbol);
                                                    function emitApprove(address _from, address _spender, bytes32 _symbol, uint _value);
                                                    function emitRecovery(address _from, address _to, address _by);
                                                    function emitError(bytes32 _message);
                                                    function emitChange(bytes32 _symbol);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                    function emitTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _value);
                                                    function emitApprove(address _from, address _spender, uint _value);
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title EToken2.
                                                 *
                                                 * The official Ambisafe assets platform powering all kinds of tokens.
                                                 * EToken2 uses EventsHistory contract to keep events, so that in case it needs to be redeployed
                                                 * at some point, all the events keep appearing at the same place.
                                                 *
                                                 * Every asset is meant to be used through a proxy contract. Only one proxy contract have access
                                                 * rights for a particular asset.
                                                 *
                                                 * Features: assets issuance, transfers, allowances, supply adjustments, lost wallet access recovery.
                                                 *           cosignature check, ICAP.
                                                 *
                                                 * Note: all the non constant functions return false instead of throwing in case if state change
                                                 * didn't happen yet.
                                                 */
                                                contract EToken2 is Ambi2EnabledFull {
                                                    mapping(bytes32 => bool) switches;
                                                
                                                    function isEnabled(bytes32 _switch) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return switches[_switch];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function enableSwitch(bytes32 _switch) onlyRole('issuance') returns(bool) {
                                                        switches[_switch] = true;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier checkEnabledSwitch(bytes32 _switch) {
                                                        if (!isEnabled(_switch)) {
                                                            _error('Feature is disabled');
                                                        } else {
                                                            _;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    enum Features { Issue, TransferWithReference, Revoke, ChangeOwnership, Allowances, ICAP }
                                                
                                                    // Structure of a particular asset.
                                                    struct Asset {
                                                        uint owner;                       // Asset's owner id.
                                                        uint totalSupply;                 // Asset's total supply.
                                                        string name;                      // Asset's name, for information purposes.
                                                        string description;               // Asset's description, for information purposes.
                                                        bool isReissuable;                // Indicates if asset have dynamic of fixed supply.
                                                        uint8 baseUnit;                   // Proposed number of decimals.
                                                        bool isLocked;                    // Are changes still allowed.
                                                        mapping(uint => Wallet) wallets;  // Holders wallets.
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Structure of an asset holder wallet for particular asset.
                                                    struct Wallet {
                                                        uint balance;
                                                        mapping(uint => uint) allowance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Structure of an asset holder.
                                                    struct Holder {
                                                        address addr;                    // Current address of the holder.
                                                        Cosigner cosigner;               // Cosigner contract for 2FA and recovery.
                                                        mapping(address => bool) trust;  // Addresses that are trusted with recovery proocedure.
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Iterable mapping pattern is used for holders.
                                                    uint public holdersCount;
                                                    mapping(uint => Holder) public holders;
                                                
                                                    // This is an access address mapping. Many addresses may have access to a single holder.
                                                    mapping(address => uint) holderIndex;
                                                
                                                    // Asset symbol to asset mapping.
                                                    mapping(bytes32 => Asset) public assets;
                                                
                                                    // Asset symbol to asset proxy mapping.
                                                    mapping(bytes32 => address) public proxies;
                                                
                                                    // ICAP registry contract.
                                                    RegistryICAPInterface public registryICAP;
                                                
                                                    // Should use interface of the emitter, but address of events history.
                                                    Emitter public eventsHistory;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits Error event with specified error message.
                                                     *
                                                     * Should only be used if no state changes happened.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _message error message.
                                                     */
                                                    function _error(bytes32 _message) internal {
                                                        eventsHistory.emitError(_message);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets EventsHstory contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once, and only by contract owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _eventsHistory EventsHistory contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function setupEventsHistory(Emitter _eventsHistory) onlyRole('setup') returns(bool) {
                                                        if (address(eventsHistory) != 0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        eventsHistory = _eventsHistory;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets RegistryICAP contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once, and only by contract owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _registryICAP RegistryICAP contract address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function setupRegistryICAP(RegistryICAPInterface _registryICAP) onlyRole('setup') returns(bool) {
                                                        if (address(registryICAP) != 0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        registryICAP = _registryICAP;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits Error if called not by asset owner.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyOwner(bytes32 _symbol) {
                                                        if (_isSignedOwner(_symbol)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        } else {
                                                            _error('Only owner: access denied');
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits Error if called not by asset proxy.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyProxy(bytes32 _symbol) {
                                                        if (_isProxy(_symbol)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        } else {
                                                            _error('Only proxy: access denied');
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Emits Error if _from doesn't trust _to.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier checkTrust(address _from, address _to) {
                                                        if (isTrusted(_from, _to)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        } else {
                                                            _error('Only trusted: access denied');
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _isSignedOwner(bytes32 _symbol) internal checkSigned(getHolderId(msg.sender), 1) returns(bool) {
                                                        return isOwner(msg.sender, _symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Check asset existance.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset existance.
                                                     */
                                                    function isCreated(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].owner != 0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function isLocked(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].isLocked;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset decimals.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset decimals.
                                                     */
                                                    function baseUnit(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint8) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].baseUnit;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset name.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset name.
                                                     */
                                                    function name(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(string) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].name;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset description.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset description.
                                                     */
                                                    function description(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(string) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].description;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset reissuability.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset reissuability.
                                                     */
                                                    function isReissuable(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].isReissuable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset owner address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset owner address.
                                                     */
                                                    function owner(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(address) {
                                                        return holders[assets[_symbol].owner].addr;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Check if specified address has asset owner rights.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _owner address to check.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return owner rights availability.
                                                     */
                                                    function isOwner(address _owner, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return isCreated(_symbol) && (assets[_symbol].owner == getHolderId(_owner));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset total supply.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return asset total supply.
                                                     */
                                                    function totalSupply(bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].totalSupply;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset balance for current address of a particular holder.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _holder holder address.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder balance.
                                                     */
                                                    function balanceOf(address _holder, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        uint holderId = getHolderId(_holder);
                                                        return holders[holderId].addr == _holder ? _balanceOf(holderId, _symbol) : 0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset balance for a particular holder id.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _holderId holder id.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder balance.
                                                     */
                                                    function _balanceOf(uint _holderId, bytes32 _symbol) constant internal returns(uint) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].wallets[_holderId].balance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns current address for a particular holder id.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _holderId holder id.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder address.
                                                     */
                                                    function _address(uint _holderId) constant internal returns(address) {
                                                        return holders[_holderId].addr;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _isProxy(bytes32 _symbol) constant internal returns(bool) {
                                                        return proxies[_symbol] == msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets Proxy contract address for a particular asset.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can be set only once for each asset, and only by contract owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _address Proxy contract address.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function setProxy(address _address, bytes32 _symbol) onlyOwner(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (proxies[_symbol] != 0x0 && assets[_symbol].isLocked) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        proxies[_symbol] = _address;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance between holders wallets.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _fromId holder id to take from.
                                                     * @param _toId holder id to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     */
                                                    function _transferDirect(uint _fromId, uint _toId, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol) internal {
                                                        assets[_symbol].wallets[_fromId].balance -= _value;
                                                        assets[_symbol].wallets[_toId].balance += _value;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Transfers asset balance between holders wallets.
                                                     *
                                                     * Performs sanity checks and takes care of allowances adjustment.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _fromId holder id to take from.
                                                     * @param _toId holder id to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a Transfer event.
                                                     * @param _senderId transfer initiator holder id.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function _transfer(uint _fromId, uint _toId, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, string _reference, uint _senderId) internal checkSigned(_senderId, 1) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should not allow to send to oneself.
                                                        if (_fromId == _toId) {
                                                            _error('Cannot send to oneself');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should have positive value.
                                                        if (_value == 0) {
                                                            _error('Cannot send 0 value');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should have enough balance.
                                                        if (_balanceOf(_fromId, _symbol) < _value) {
                                                            _error('Insufficient balance');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should allow references.
                                                        if (bytes(_reference).length > 0 && !isEnabled(sha3(_symbol, Features.TransferWithReference))) {
                                                            _error('References feature is disabled');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should have enough allowance.
                                                        if (_fromId != _senderId && _allowance(_fromId, _senderId, _symbol) < _value) {
                                                            _error('Not enough allowance');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Adjust allowance.
                                                        if (_fromId != _senderId) {
                                                            assets[_symbol].wallets[_fromId].allowance[_senderId] -= _value;
                                                        }
                                                        _transferDirect(_fromId, _toId, _value, _symbol);
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitTransfer(_address(_fromId), _address(_toId), _symbol, _value, _reference);
                                                        _proxyTransferEvent(_fromId, _toId, _value, _symbol);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Feature and proxy checks done internally due to unknown symbol when the function is called.
                                                    function _transferToICAP(uint _fromId, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, uint _senderId) internal returns(bool) {
                                                        var (to, symbol, success) = registryICAP.parse(_icap);
                                                        if (!success) {
                                                            _error('ICAP is not registered');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (!isEnabled(sha3(symbol, Features.ICAP))) {
                                                            _error('ICAP feature is disabled');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (!_isProxy(symbol)) {
                                                            _error('Only proxy: access denied');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        uint toId = _createHolderId(to);
                                                        if (!_transfer(_fromId, toId, _value, symbol, _reference, _senderId)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitTransferToICAP(_address(_fromId), _address(toId), _icap, _value, _reference);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function proxyTransferFromToICAPWithReference(address _from, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference, address _sender) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _transferToICAP(getHolderId(_from), _icap, _value, _reference, getHolderId(_sender));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Ask asset Proxy contract to emit ERC20 compliant Transfer event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _fromId holder id to take from.
                                                     * @param _toId holder id to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     */
                                                    function _proxyTransferEvent(uint _fromId, uint _toId, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol) internal {
                                                        if (proxies[_symbol] != 0x0) {
                                                            // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                            // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                            Proxy(proxies[_symbol]).emitTransfer(_address(_fromId), _address(_toId), _value);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns holder id for the specified address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _holder holder address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder id.
                                                     */
                                                    function getHolderId(address _holder) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return holderIndex[_holder];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns holder id for the specified address, creates it if needed.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _holder holder address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder id.
                                                     */
                                                    function _createHolderId(address _holder) internal returns(uint) {
                                                        uint holderId = holderIndex[_holder];
                                                        if (holderId == 0) {
                                                            holderId = ++holdersCount;
                                                            holders[holderId].addr = _holder;
                                                            holderIndex[_holder] = holderId;
                                                        }
                                                        return holderId;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Issues new asset token on the platform.
                                                     *
                                                     * Tokens issued with this call go straight to contract owner.
                                                     * Each symbol can be issued only once, and only by contract owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * _isReissuable is included in checkEnabledSwitch because it should be
                                                     * explicitly allowed before issuing new asset.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _value amount of tokens to issue immediately.
                                                     * @param _name name of the asset.
                                                     * @param _description description for the asset.
                                                     * @param _baseUnit number of decimals.
                                                     * @param _isReissuable dynamic or fixed supply.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function issueAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, string _name, string _description, uint8 _baseUnit, bool _isReissuable) checkEnabledSwitch(sha3(_symbol, _isReissuable, Features.Issue)) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should have positive value if supply is going to be fixed.
                                                        if (_value == 0 && !_isReissuable) {
                                                            _error('Cannot issue 0 value fixed asset');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should not be issued yet.
                                                        if (isCreated(_symbol)) {
                                                            _error('Asset already issued');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        uint holderId = _createHolderId(msg.sender);
                                                
                                                        assets[_symbol] = Asset(holderId, _value, _name, _description, _isReissuable, _baseUnit, false);
                                                        assets[_symbol].wallets[holderId].balance = _value;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitIssue(_symbol, _value, _address(holderId));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function changeAsset(bytes32 _symbol, string _name, string _description, uint8 _baseUnit) onlyOwner(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (isLocked(_symbol)) {
                                                            _error('Asset is locked');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        assets[_symbol].name = _name;
                                                        assets[_symbol].description = _description;
                                                        assets[_symbol].baseUnit = _baseUnit;
                                                        eventsHistory.emitChange(_symbol);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function lockAsset(bytes32 _symbol) onlyOwner(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (isLocked(_symbol)) {
                                                            _error('Asset is locked');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        assets[_symbol].isLocked = true;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Issues additional asset tokens if the asset have dynamic supply.
                                                     *
                                                     * Tokens issued with this call go straight to asset owner.
                                                     * Can only be called by asset owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _value amount of additional tokens to issue.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function reissueAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value) onlyOwner(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should have positive value.
                                                        if (_value == 0) {
                                                            _error('Cannot reissue 0 value');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        Asset asset = assets[_symbol];
                                                        // Should have dynamic supply.
                                                        if (!asset.isReissuable) {
                                                            _error('Cannot reissue fixed asset');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Resulting total supply should not overflow.
                                                        if (asset.totalSupply + _value < asset.totalSupply) {
                                                            _error('Total supply overflow');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        uint holderId = getHolderId(msg.sender);
                                                        asset.wallets[holderId].balance += _value;
                                                        asset.totalSupply += _value;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitIssue(_symbol, _value, _address(holderId));
                                                        _proxyTransferEvent(0, holderId, _value, _symbol);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Destroys specified amount of senders asset tokens.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _value amount of tokens to destroy.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function revokeAsset(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value) checkEnabledSwitch(sha3(_symbol, Features.Revoke)) checkSigned(getHolderId(msg.sender), 1) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should have positive value.
                                                        if (_value == 0) {
                                                            _error('Cannot revoke 0 value');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        Asset asset = assets[_symbol];
                                                        uint holderId = getHolderId(msg.sender);
                                                        // Should have enough tokens.
                                                        if (asset.wallets[holderId].balance < _value) {
                                                            _error('Not enough tokens to revoke');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        asset.wallets[holderId].balance -= _value;
                                                        asset.totalSupply -= _value;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitRevoke(_symbol, _value, _address(holderId));
                                                        _proxyTransferEvent(holderId, 0, _value, _symbol);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Passes asset ownership to specified address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Only ownership is changed, balances are not touched.
                                                     * Can only be called by asset owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _newOwner address to become a new owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function changeOwnership(bytes32 _symbol, address _newOwner) checkEnabledSwitch(sha3(_symbol, Features.ChangeOwnership)) onlyOwner(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        Asset asset = assets[_symbol];
                                                        uint newOwnerId = _createHolderId(_newOwner);
                                                        // Should pass ownership to another holder.
                                                        if (asset.owner == newOwnerId) {
                                                            _error('Cannot pass ownership to oneself');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        address oldOwner = _address(asset.owner);
                                                        asset.owner = newOwnerId;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitOwnershipChange(oldOwner, _address(newOwnerId), _symbol);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function setCosignerAddress(Cosigner _cosigner) checkSigned(_createHolderId(msg.sender), 1) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (!_checkSigned(_cosigner, getHolderId(msg.sender), 1)) {
                                                            _error('Invalid cosigner');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        holders[_createHolderId(msg.sender)].cosigner = _cosigner;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function isCosignerSet(uint _holderId) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return address(holders[_holderId].cosigner) != 0x0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _checkSigned(Cosigner _cosigner, uint _holderId, uint _required) internal returns(bool) {
                                                        return _cosigner.consumeOperation(sha3(msg.data, _holderId), _required);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    modifier checkSigned(uint _holderId, uint _required) {
                                                        if (!isCosignerSet(_holderId) || _checkSigned(holders[_holderId].cosigner, _holderId, _required)) {
                                                            _;
                                                        } else {
                                                            _error('Cosigner: access denied');
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Check if specified holder trusts an address with recovery procedure.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from truster.
                                                     * @param _to trustee.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return trust existance.
                                                     */
                                                    function isTrusted(address _from, address _to) constant returns(bool) {
                                                        return holders[getHolderId(_from)].trust[_to];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Trust an address to perform recovery procedure for the caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _to trustee.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function trust(address _to) returns(bool) {
                                                        uint fromId = _createHolderId(msg.sender);
                                                        // Should trust to another address.
                                                        if (fromId == getHolderId(_to)) {
                                                            _error('Cannot trust to oneself');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should trust to yet untrusted.
                                                        if (isTrusted(msg.sender, _to)) {
                                                            _error('Already trusted');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        holders[fromId].trust[_to] = true;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Revoke trust to perform recovery procedure from an address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _to trustee.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function distrust(address _to) checkTrust(msg.sender, _to) returns(bool) {
                                                        holders[getHolderId(msg.sender)].trust[_to] = false;
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Perform recovery procedure.
                                                     *
                                                     * This function logic is actually more of an grantAccess(uint _holderId, address _to).
                                                     * It grants another address access to recovery subject wallets.
                                                     * Can only be called by trustee of recovery subject.
                                                     * If cosigning is enabled, should have atleast 2 confirmations.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Deprecated. Backward compatibility.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to recover from.
                                                     * @param _to address to grant access to.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function recover(address _from, address _to) checkTrust(_from, msg.sender) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _grantAccess(getHolderId(_from), _to);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Perform recovery procedure.
                                                     *
                                                     * This function logic is actually more of an grantAccess(uint _holderId, address _to).
                                                     * It grants another address access to subject holder wallets.
                                                     * Can only be called if pre-confirmed by atleast 2 cosign oracles.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to recover from.
                                                     * @param _to address to grant access to.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function grantAccess(address _from, address _to) returns(bool) {
                                                        if (!isCosignerSet(getHolderId(_from))) {
                                                            _error('Cosigner not set');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        return _grantAccess(getHolderId(_from), _to);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _grantAccess(uint _fromId, address _to) internal checkSigned(_fromId, 2) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Should recover to previously unused address.
                                                        if (getHolderId(_to) != 0) {
                                                            _error('Should recover to new address');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // We take current holder address because it might not equal _from.
                                                        // It is possible to recover from any old holder address, but event should have the current one.
                                                        address from = holders[_fromId].addr;
                                                        holders[_fromId].addr = _to;
                                                        holderIndex[_to] = _fromId;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitRecovery(from, _to, msg.sender);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets asset spending allowance for a specified spender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Note: to revoke allowance, one needs to set allowance to 0.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _spenderId holder id to set allowance for.
                                                     * @param _value amount to allow.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _senderId approve initiator holder id.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function _approve(uint _spenderId, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, uint _senderId) internal checkEnabledSwitch(sha3(_symbol, Features.Allowances)) checkSigned(_senderId, 1) returns(bool) {
                                                        // Asset should exist.
                                                        if (!isCreated(_symbol)) {
                                                            _error('Asset is not issued');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        // Should allow to another holder.
                                                        if (_senderId == _spenderId) {
                                                            _error('Cannot approve to oneself');
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        assets[_symbol].wallets[_senderId].allowance[_spenderId] = _value;
                                                        // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                        // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                        eventsHistory.emitApprove(_address(_senderId), _address(_spenderId), _symbol, _value);
                                                        if (proxies[_symbol] != 0x0) {
                                                            // Internal Out Of Gas/Throw: revert this transaction too;
                                                            // Recursive Call: safe, all changes already made.
                                                            Proxy(proxies[_symbol]).emitApprove(_address(_senderId), _address(_spenderId), _value);
                                                        }
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Sets asset spending allowance for a specified spender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by asset proxy.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _spender holder address to set allowance to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to allow.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _sender approve initiator address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyApprove(address _spender, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, address _sender) onlyProxy(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _approve(_createHolderId(_spender), _value, _symbol, _createHolderId(_sender));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset allowance from one holder to another.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder that allowed spending.
                                                     * @param _spender holder that is allowed to spend.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder to spender allowance.
                                                     */
                                                    function allowance(address _from, address _spender, bytes32 _symbol) constant returns(uint) {
                                                        return _allowance(getHolderId(_from), getHolderId(_spender), _symbol);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Returns asset allowance from one holder to another.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _fromId holder id that allowed spending.
                                                     * @param _toId holder id that is allowed to spend.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return holder to spender allowance.
                                                     */
                                                    function _allowance(uint _fromId, uint _toId, bytes32 _symbol) constant internal returns(uint) {
                                                        return assets[_symbol].wallets[_fromId].allowance[_toId];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Prforms allowance transfer of asset balance between holders wallets.
                                                     *
                                                     * Can only be called by asset proxy.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _from holder address to take from.
                                                     * @param _to holder address to give to.
                                                     * @param _value amount to transfer.
                                                     * @param _symbol asset symbol.
                                                     * @param _reference transfer comment to be included in a Transfer event.
                                                     * @param _sender allowance transfer initiator address.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return success.
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyTransferFromWithReference(address _from, address _to, uint _value, bytes32 _symbol, string _reference, address _sender) onlyProxy(_symbol) returns(bool) {
                                                        return _transfer(getHolderId(_from), _createHolderId(_to), _value, _symbol, _reference, getHolderId(_sender));
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 9 of 15: MultiAssetEmitter
                                                // This software is a subject to Ambisafe License Agreement.
                                                // No use or distribution is allowed without written permission from Ambisafe.
                                                // https://ambisafe.com/terms.pdf
                                                
                                                contract EventsHistory {
                                                    function versions(address) constant returns(uint);
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title MultiAsset Emitter.
                                                 *
                                                 * Contains all the original event emitting function definitions and events.
                                                 * In case of new events needed later, additional emitters can be developed.
                                                 * All the functions is meant to be called using delegatecall.
                                                 */
                                                library MultiAssetEmitter {
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, bytes32 indexed symbol, uint value, string reference, uint version);
                                                    event Issue(bytes32 indexed symbol, uint value, address by, uint version);
                                                    event Revoke(bytes32 indexed symbol, uint value, address by, uint version);
                                                    event OwnershipChange(address indexed from, address indexed to, bytes32 indexed symbol, uint version);
                                                    event Approve(address indexed from, address indexed spender, bytes32 indexed symbol, uint value, uint version);
                                                    event Recovery(address indexed from, address indexed to, address by, uint version);
                                                    event TransferToICAP(address indexed from, address indexed to, bytes32 indexed icap, uint value, string reference, uint version);
                                                    event Error(bytes32 message, uint version);
                                                    
                                                    function emitTransfer(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, string _reference) {
                                                        Transfer(_from, _to, _symbol, _value, _reference, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitIssue(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, address _by) {
                                                        Issue(_symbol, _value, _by, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitRevoke(bytes32 _symbol, uint _value, address _by) {
                                                        Revoke(_symbol, _value, _by, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitOwnershipChange(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _symbol) {
                                                        OwnershipChange(_from, _to, _symbol, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitApprove(address _from, address _spender, bytes32 _symbol, uint _value) {
                                                        Approve(_from, _spender, _symbol, _value, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitRecovery(address _from, address _to, address _by) {
                                                        Recovery(_from, _to, _by, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitTransferToICAP(address _from, address _to, bytes32 _icap, uint _value, string _reference) {
                                                        TransferToICAP(_from, _to, _icap, _value, _reference, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function emitError(bytes32 _message) {
                                                        Error(_message, _getVersion());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Get version number of the caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * Assuming that the call is made by EventsHistory using delegate call,
                                                     * context was not changed, so the caller is the address that called
                                                     * EventsHistory.
                                                     *
                                                     * @return current context caller version number.
                                                     */
                                                    function _getVersion() constant internal returns(uint) {
                                                        return EventsHistory(address(this)).versions(msg.sender);
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 10 of 15: ContractRegistry
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Overflow protected math functions
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IContractRegistry.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Registry interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractRegistry {
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/ContractIds.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Id definitions for bancor contracts
                                                
                                                    Can be used in conjunction with the contract registry to get contract addresses
                                                */
                                                contract ContractIds {
                                                    // generic
                                                    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_FEATURES = "ContractFeatures";
                                                    bytes32 public constant CONTRACT_REGISTRY = "ContractRegistry";
                                                
                                                    // bancor logic
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_NETWORK = "BancorNetwork";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_FORMULA = "BancorFormula";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_GAS_PRICE_LIMIT = "BancorGasPriceLimit";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_UPGRADER = "BancorConverterUpgrader";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_CONVERTER_FACTORY = "BancorConverterFactory";
                                                
                                                    // Ids of BNT converter and BNT token
                                                    bytes32 public constant BNT_TOKEN = "BNTToken";
                                                    bytes32 public constant BNT_CONVERTER = "BNTConverter";
                                                
                                                    // Id of BancorX contract
                                                    bytes32 public constant BANCOR_X = "BancorX";
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/ContractRegistry.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Contract Registry
                                                
                                                    The contract registry keeps contract addresses by name.
                                                    The owner can update contract addresses so that a contract name always points to the latest version
                                                    of the given contract.
                                                    Other contracts can query the registry to get updated addresses instead of depending on specific
                                                    addresses.
                                                
                                                    Note that contract names are limited to 32 bytes UTF8 encoded ASCII strings to optimize gas costs
                                                */
                                                contract ContractRegistry is IContractRegistry, Owned, Utils, ContractIds {
                                                    struct RegistryItem {
                                                        address contractAddress;    // contract address
                                                        uint256 nameIndex;          // index of the item in the list of contract names
                                                        bool isSet;                 // used to tell if the mapping element is defined
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    mapping (bytes32 => RegistryItem) private items;    // name -> RegistryItem mapping
                                                    string[] public contractNames;                      // list of all registered contract names
                                                
                                                    // triggered when an address pointed to by a contract name is modified
                                                    event AddressUpdate(bytes32 indexed _contractName, address _contractAddress);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        registerAddress(ContractIds.CONTRACT_REGISTRY, address(this));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the number of items in the registry
                                                
                                                        @return number of items
                                                    */
                                                    function itemCount() public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return contractNames.length;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the address associated with the given contract name
                                                
                                                        @param _contractName    contract name
                                                
                                                        @return contract address
                                                    */
                                                    function addressOf(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address) {
                                                        return items[_contractName].contractAddress;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev registers a new address for the contract name in the registry
                                                
                                                        @param _contractName     contract name
                                                        @param _contractAddress  contract address
                                                    */
                                                    function registerAddress(bytes32 _contractName, address _contractAddress)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_contractAddress)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_contractName.length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // update the address in the registry
                                                        items[_contractName].contractAddress = _contractAddress;
                                                
                                                        if (!items[_contractName].isSet) {
                                                            // mark the item as set
                                                            items[_contractName].isSet = true;
                                                            // add the contract name to the name list
                                                            uint256 i = contractNames.push(bytes32ToString(_contractName));
                                                            // update the item's index in the list
                                                            items[_contractName].nameIndex = i - 1;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the address update event
                                                        emit AddressUpdate(_contractName, _contractAddress);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev removes an existing contract address from the registry
                                                
                                                        @param _contractName contract name
                                                    */
                                                    function unregisterAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_contractName.length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        // remove the address from the registry
                                                        items[_contractName].contractAddress = address(0);
                                                
                                                        // if there are multiple items in the registry, move the last element to the deleted element's position
                                                        // and modify last element's registryItem.nameIndex in the items collection to point to the right position in contractNames
                                                        if (contractNames.length > 1) {
                                                            string memory lastContractNameString = contractNames[contractNames.length - 1];
                                                            uint256 unregisterIndex = items[_contractName].nameIndex;
                                                
                                                            contractNames[unregisterIndex] = lastContractNameString;
                                                            bytes32 lastContractName = stringToBytes32(lastContractNameString);
                                                            RegistryItem storage registryItem = items[lastContractName];
                                                            registryItem.nameIndex = unregisterIndex;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // remove the last element from the name list
                                                        contractNames.length--;
                                                        // zero the deleted element's index
                                                        items[_contractName].nameIndex = 0;
                                                
                                                        // dispatch the address update event
                                                        emit AddressUpdate(_contractName, address(0));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev utility, converts bytes32 to a string
                                                        note that the bytes32 argument is assumed to be UTF8 encoded ASCII string
                                                
                                                        @return string representation of the given bytes32 argument
                                                    */
                                                    function bytes32ToString(bytes32 _bytes) private pure returns (string) {
                                                        bytes memory byteArray = new bytes(32);
                                                        for (uint256 i; i < 32; i++) {
                                                            byteArray[i] = _bytes[i];
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return string(byteArray);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // @dev utility, converts string to bytes32
                                                    function stringToBytes32(string memory _string) private pure returns (bytes32) {
                                                        bytes32 result;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            result := mload(add(_string,32))
                                                        }
                                                        return result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function getAddress(bytes32 _contractName) public view returns (address) {
                                                        return addressOf(_contractName);
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 11 of 15: SmartToken
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) { _owner; }
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) { _owner; _spender; }
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Overflow protected math functions
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/ERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token implementation
                                                */
                                                contract ERC20Token is IERC20Token, Utils {
                                                    string public standard = 'Token 0.1';
                                                    string public name = '';
                                                    string public symbol = '';
                                                    uint8 public decimals = 0;
                                                    uint256 public totalSupply = 0;
                                                    mapping (address => uint256) public balanceOf;
                                                    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) public allowance;
                                                
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _value);
                                                    event Approval(address indexed _owner, address indexed _spender, uint256 _value);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _name        token name
                                                        @param _symbol      token symbol
                                                        @param _decimals    decimal points, for display purposes
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals) public {
                                                        require(bytes(_name).length > 0 && bytes(_symbol).length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        symbol = _symbol;
                                                        decimals = _decimals;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = safeSub(balanceOf[msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        emit Transfer(msg.sender, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_from)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        allowance[_from][msg.sender] = safeSub(allowance[_from][msg.sender], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = safeSub(balanceOf[_from], _value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _value);
                                                        emit Transfer(_from, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allow another account/contract to spend some tokens on your behalf
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                
                                                        also, to minimize the risk of the approve/transferFrom attack vector
                                                        (see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YLPtQxZu1UAvO9cZ1O2RPXBbT0mooh4DYKjA_jp-RLM/), approve has to be called twice
                                                        in 2 separate transactions - once to change the allowance to 0 and secondly to change it to the new allowance value
                                                
                                                        @param _spender approved address
                                                        @param _value   allowance amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the approval was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_spender)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        // if the allowance isn't 0, it can only be updated to 0 to prevent an allowance change immediately after withdrawal
                                                        require(_value == 0 || allowance[msg.sender][_spender] == 0);
                                                
                                                        allowance[msg.sender][_spender] = _value;
                                                        emit Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is IOwned, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/ITokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/TokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                    for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                
                                                    The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                    the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                        can only be called by the owner
                                                
                                                        @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                        @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        assert(_token.transfer(_to, _amount));
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/SmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token v0.3
                                                
                                                    'Owned' is specified here for readability reasons
                                                */
                                                contract SmartToken is ISmartToken, Owned, ERC20Token, TokenHolder {
                                                    string public version = '0.3';
                                                
                                                    bool public transfersEnabled = true;    // true if transfer/transferFrom are enabled, false if not
                                                
                                                    // triggered when a smart token is deployed - the _token address is defined for forward compatibility, in case we want to trigger the event from a factory
                                                    event NewSmartToken(address _token);
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is increased
                                                    event Issuance(uint256 _amount);
                                                    // triggered when the total supply is decreased
                                                    event Destruction(uint256 _amount);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _name       token name
                                                        @param _symbol     token short symbol, minimum 1 character
                                                        @param _decimals   for display purposes only
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals)
                                                        public
                                                        ERC20Token(_name, _symbol, _decimals)
                                                    {
                                                        emit NewSmartToken(address(this));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when transfers aren't disabled
                                                    modifier transfersAllowed {
                                                        assert(transfersEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev disables/enables transfers
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _disable    true to disable transfers, false to enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public ownerOnly {
                                                        transfersEnabled = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev increases the token supply and sends the new tokens to an account
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _to         account to receive the new amount
                                                        @param _amount     amount to increase the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        totalSupply = safeAdd(totalSupply, _amount);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = safeAdd(balanceOf[_to], _amount);
                                                
                                                        emit Issuance(_amount);
                                                        emit Transfer(this, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev removes tokens from an account and decreases the token supply
                                                        can be called by the contract owner to destroy tokens from any account or by any holder to destroy tokens from his/her own account
                                                
                                                        @param _from       account to remove the amount from
                                                        @param _amount     amount to decrease the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == _from || msg.sender == owner); // validate input
                                                
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = safeSub(balanceOf[_from], _amount);
                                                        totalSupply = safeSub(totalSupply, _amount);
                                                
                                                        emit Transfer(_from, this, _amount);
                                                        emit Destruction(_amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ERC20 standard method overrides with some extra functionality
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev send coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                        in addition to the standard checks, the function throws if transfers are disabled
                                                
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transfer(_to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                        throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                        in addition to the standard checks, the function throws if transfers are disabled
                                                
                                                        @param _from    source address
                                                        @param _to      target address
                                                        @param _value   transfer amount
                                                
                                                        @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transferFrom(_from, _to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 12 of 15: ContractFeatures
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.21;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Contract Features interface
                                                */
                                                contract IContractFeatures {
                                                    function isSupported(address _contract, uint256 _features) public view returns (bool);
                                                    function enableFeatures(uint256 _features, bool _enable) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /**
                                                    Contract Features
                                                
                                                    Generic contract that allows every contract on the blockchain to define which features it supports.
                                                    Other contracts can query this contract to find out whether a given contract on the
                                                    blockchain supports a certain feature.
                                                    Each contract type can define its own list of feature flags.
                                                    Features can be only enabled/disabled by the contract they are defined for.
                                                
                                                    Features should be defined by each contract type as bit flags, e.g. -
                                                    uint256 public constant FEATURE1 = 1 << 0;
                                                    uint256 public constant FEATURE2 = 1 << 1;
                                                    uint256 public constant FEATURE3 = 1 << 2;
                                                    ...
                                                */
                                                contract ContractFeatures is IContractFeatures {
                                                    mapping (address => uint256) private featureFlags;
                                                
                                                    event FeaturesAddition(address indexed _address, uint256 _features);
                                                    event FeaturesRemoval(address indexed _address, uint256 _features);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function ContractFeatures() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns true if a given contract supports the given feature(s), false if not
                                                
                                                        @param _contract    contract address to check support for
                                                        @param _features    feature(s) to check for
                                                
                                                        @return true if the contract supports the feature(s), false if not
                                                    */
                                                    function isSupported(address _contract, uint256 _features) public view returns (bool) {
                                                        return (featureFlags[_contract] & _features) == _features;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows a contract to enable/disable certain feature(s)
                                                
                                                        @param _features    feature(s) to enable/disable
                                                        @param _enable      true to enable the feature(s), false to disabled them
                                                    */
                                                    function enableFeatures(uint256 _features, bool _enable) public {
                                                        if (_enable) {
                                                            if (isSupported(msg.sender, _features))
                                                                return;
                                                
                                                            featureFlags[msg.sender] |= _features;
                                                
                                                            emit FeaturesAddition(msg.sender, _features);
                                                        } else {
                                                            if (!isSupported(msg.sender, _features))
                                                                return;
                                                
                                                            featureFlags[msg.sender] &= ~_features;
                                                
                                                            emit FeaturesRemoval(msg.sender, _features);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 13 of 15: SmartToken
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/IERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract IERC20Token {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public returns (bool success);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/SafeMath.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Library for basic math operations with overflow/underflow protection
                                                */
                                                library SafeMath {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   value 1
                                                      * @param _y   value 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function add(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        require(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, reverts if the calculation underflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   minuend
                                                      * @param _y   subtrahend
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function sub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   factor 1
                                                      * @param _y   factor 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function mul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        // gas optimization
                                                        if (_x == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        require(z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                      /**
                                                        * ev Integer division of two numbers truncating the quotient, reverts on division by zero.
                                                        * 
                                                        * aram _x   dividend
                                                        * aram _y   divisor
                                                        * 
                                                        * eturn quotient
                                                    */
                                                    function div(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_y > 0);
                                                        uint256 c = _x / _y;
                                                
                                                        return c;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/ERC20Token.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev ERC20 Standard Token implementation
                                                */
                                                contract ERC20Token is IERC20Token, Utils {
                                                    using SafeMath for uint256;
                                                
                                                
                                                    string public name;
                                                    string public symbol;
                                                    uint8 public decimals;
                                                    uint256 public totalSupply;
                                                    mapping (address => uint256) public balanceOf;
                                                    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) public allowance;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when tokens are transferred between wallets
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _from    source address
                                                      * @param _to      target address
                                                      * @param _value   transfer amount
                                                    */
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _value);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when a wallet allows another wallet to transfer tokens from on its behalf
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _owner   wallet that approves the allowance
                                                      * @param _spender wallet that receives the allowance
                                                      * @param _value   allowance amount
                                                    */
                                                    event Approval(address indexed _owner, address indexed _spender, uint256 _value);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new ERC20Token instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _name        token name
                                                      * @param _symbol      token symbol
                                                      * @param _decimals    decimal points, for display purposes
                                                      * @param _totalSupply total supply of token units
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals, uint256 _totalSupply) public {
                                                        require(bytes(_name).length > 0 && bytes(_symbol).length > 0); // validate input
                                                
                                                        name = _name;
                                                        symbol = _symbol;
                                                        decimals = _decimals;
                                                        totalSupply = _totalSupply;
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = _totalSupply;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev send coins
                                                      * throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _to      target address
                                                      * @param _value   transfer amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] = balanceOf[msg.sender].sub(_value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = balanceOf[_to].add(_value);
                                                        emit Transfer(msg.sender, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                      * throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _from    source address
                                                      * @param _to      target address
                                                      * @param _value   transfer amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_from)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        allowance[_from][msg.sender] = allowance[_from][msg.sender].sub(_value);
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = balanceOf[_from].sub(_value);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = balanceOf[_to].add(_value);
                                                        emit Transfer(_from, _to, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allow another account/contract to spend some tokens on your behalf
                                                      * throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                      * 
                                                      * also, to minimize the risk of the approve/transferFrom attack vector
                                                      * (see https://docs.google.com/document/d/1YLPtQxZu1UAvO9cZ1O2RPXBbT0mooh4DYKjA_jp-RLM/), approve has to be called twice
                                                      * in 2 separate transactions - once to change the allowance to 0 and secondly to change it to the new allowance value
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _spender approved address
                                                      * @param _value   allowance amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return true if the approval was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
                                                        public
                                                        validAddress(_spender)
                                                        returns (bool success)
                                                    {
                                                        // if the allowance isn't 0, it can only be updated to 0 to prevent an allowance change immediately after withdrawal
                                                        require(_value == 0 || allowance[msg.sender][_spender] == 0);
                                                
                                                        allowance[msg.sender][_spender] = _value;
                                                        emit Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/IOwned.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Owned contract interface
                                                */
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {this;}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/ISmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Smart Token interface
                                                */
                                                contract ISmartToken is IOwned, IERC20Token {
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public;
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Owned.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Provides support and utilities for contract ownership
                                                */
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the owner is updated
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _prevOwner previous owner
                                                      * @param _newOwner  new owner
                                                    */
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new Owned instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                      * the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        emit OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/interfaces/ITokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Token Holder interface
                                                */
                                                contract ITokenHolder is IOwned {
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/interfaces/INonStandardERC20.sol
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    ERC20 Standard Token interface which doesn't return true/false for transfer, transferFrom and approve
                                                */
                                                contract INonStandardERC20 {
                                                    // these functions aren't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function name() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function symbol() public view returns (string) {this;}
                                                    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {this;}
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {this;}
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; this;}
                                                    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public view returns (uint256) {_owner; _spender; this;}
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public;
                                                    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value) public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/TokenHolder.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev We consider every contract to be a 'token holder' since it's currently not possible
                                                  * for a contract to deny receiving tokens.
                                                  * 
                                                  * The TokenHolder's contract sole purpose is to provide a safety mechanism that allows
                                                  * the owner to send tokens that were sent to the contract by mistake back to their sender.
                                                  * 
                                                  * Note that we use the non standard ERC-20 interface which has no return value for transfer
                                                  * in order to support both non standard as well as standard token contracts.
                                                  * see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4116
                                                */
                                                contract TokenHolder is ITokenHolder, Owned, Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new TokenHolder instance
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev withdraws tokens held by the contract and sends them to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token   ERC20 token contract address
                                                      * @param _to      account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount  amount to withdraw
                                                    */
                                                    function withdrawTokens(IERC20Token _token, address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_token)
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        INonStandardERC20(_token).transfer(_to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/token/SmartToken.sol
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Smart Token
                                                  * 
                                                  * 'Owned' is specified here for readability reasons
                                                */
                                                contract SmartToken is ISmartToken, Owned, ERC20Token, TokenHolder {
                                                    using SafeMath for uint256;
                                                
                                                
                                                    string public version = '0.3';
                                                
                                                    bool public transfersEnabled = true;    // true if transfer/transferFrom are enabled, false if not
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when a smart token is deployed
                                                      * the _token address is defined for forward compatibility, in case the event is trigger by a factory
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _token  new smart token address
                                                    */
                                                    event NewSmartToken(address _token);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the total supply is increased
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _amount  amount that gets added to the supply
                                                    */
                                                    event Issuance(uint256 _amount);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev triggered when the total supply is decreased
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _amount  amount that gets removed from the supply
                                                    */
                                                    event Destruction(uint256 _amount);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev initializes a new SmartToken instance
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _name       token name
                                                      * @param _symbol     token short symbol, minimum 1 character
                                                      * @param _decimals   for display purposes only
                                                    */
                                                    constructor(string _name, string _symbol, uint8 _decimals)
                                                        public
                                                        ERC20Token(_name, _symbol, _decimals, 0)
                                                    {
                                                        emit NewSmartToken(address(this));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution only when transfers aren't disabled
                                                    modifier transfersAllowed {
                                                        assert(transfersEnabled);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev disables/enables transfers
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _disable    true to disable transfers, false to enable them
                                                    */
                                                    function disableTransfers(bool _disable) public ownerOnly {
                                                        transfersEnabled = !_disable;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev increases the token supply and sends the new tokens to an account
                                                      * can only be called by the contract owner
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _to         account to receive the new amount
                                                      * @param _amount     amount to increase the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function issue(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        validAddress(_to)
                                                        notThis(_to)
                                                    {
                                                        totalSupply = totalSupply.add(_amount);
                                                        balanceOf[_to] = balanceOf[_to].add(_amount);
                                                
                                                        emit Issuance(_amount);
                                                        emit Transfer(this, _to, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev removes tokens from an account and decreases the token supply
                                                      * can be called by the contract owner to destroy tokens from any account or by any holder to destroy tokens from his/her own account
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _from       account to remove the amount from
                                                      * @param _amount     amount to decrease the supply by
                                                    */
                                                    function destroy(address _from, uint256 _amount) public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == _from || msg.sender == owner); // validate input
                                                
                                                        balanceOf[_from] = balanceOf[_from].sub(_amount);
                                                        totalSupply = totalSupply.sub(_amount);
                                                
                                                        emit Transfer(_from, this, _amount);
                                                        emit Destruction(_amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // ERC20 standard method overrides with some extra functionality
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev send coins
                                                      * throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                      * in addition to the standard checks, the function throws if transfers are disabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _to      target address
                                                      * @param _value   transfer amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transfer(_to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev an account/contract attempts to get the coins
                                                      * throws on any error rather then return a false flag to minimize user errors
                                                      * in addition to the standard checks, the function throws if transfers are disabled
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _from    source address
                                                      * @param _to      target address
                                                      * @param _value   transfer amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return true if the transfer was successful, false if it wasn't
                                                    */
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value) public transfersAllowed returns (bool success) {
                                                        assert(super.transferFrom(_from, _to, _value));
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                

                                                File 14 of 15: BancorGasPriceLimit
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
                                                
                                                
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                        constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function Utils() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Overflow protected math functions
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   value 1
                                                        @param _y   value 2
                                                
                                                        @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function safeAdd(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        assert(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, asserts if the subtraction results in a negative number
                                                
                                                        @param _x   minuend
                                                        @param _y   subtrahend
                                                
                                                        @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function safeSub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        assert(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, asserts if the calculation overflows
                                                
                                                        @param _x   factor 1
                                                        @param _y   factor 2
                                                
                                                        @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function safeMul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        assert(_x == 0 || z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract IOwned {
                                                    // this function isn't abstract since the compiler emits automatically generated getter functions as external
                                                    function owner() public view returns (address) {}
                                                
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public;
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public;
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Owned is IOwned {
                                                    address public owner;
                                                    address public newOwner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnerUpdate(address indexed _prevOwner, address indexed _newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                    */
                                                    function Owned() public {
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // allows execution by the owner only
                                                    modifier ownerOnly {
                                                        assert(msg.sender == owner);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev allows transferring the contract ownership
                                                        the new owner still needs to accept the transfer
                                                        can only be called by the contract owner
                                                
                                                        @param _newOwner    new contract owner
                                                    */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) public ownerOnly {
                                                        require(_newOwner != owner);
                                                        newOwner = _newOwner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev used by a new owner to accept an ownership transfer
                                                    */
                                                    function acceptOwnership() public {
                                                        require(msg.sender == newOwner);
                                                        OwnerUpdate(owner, newOwner);
                                                        owner = newOwner;
                                                        newOwner = address(0);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract IBancorGasPriceLimit {
                                                    function gasPrice() public view returns (uint256) {}
                                                    function validateGasPrice(uint256) public view;
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                contract BancorGasPriceLimit is IBancorGasPriceLimit, Owned, Utils {
                                                    uint256 public gasPrice = 0 wei;    // maximum gas price for bancor transactions
                                                    
                                                    /**
                                                        @dev constructor
                                                
                                                        @param _gasPrice    gas price limit
                                                    */
                                                    function BancorGasPriceLimit(uint256 _gasPrice)
                                                        public
                                                        greaterThanZero(_gasPrice)
                                                    {
                                                        gasPrice = _gasPrice;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /*
                                                        @dev gas price getter
                                                
                                                        @return the current gas price
                                                    */
                                                    function gasPrice() public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return gasPrice;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /*
                                                        @dev allows the owner to update the gas price limit
                                                
                                                        @param _gasPrice    new gas price limit
                                                    */
                                                    function setGasPrice(uint256 _gasPrice)
                                                        public
                                                        ownerOnly
                                                        greaterThanZero(_gasPrice)
                                                    {
                                                        gasPrice = _gasPrice;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /*
                                                        @dev validate that the given gas price is equal to the current network gas price
                                                
                                                        @param _gasPrice    tested gas price
                                                    */
                                                    function validateGasPrice(uint256 _gasPrice)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        greaterThanZero(_gasPrice)
                                                    {
                                                        require(_gasPrice <= gasPrice);
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 15 of 15: BancorFormula
                                                // File: contracts/converter/interfaces/IBancorFormula.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                    Bancor Formula interface
                                                */
                                                contract IBancorFormula {
                                                    function calculatePurchaseReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _depositAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateSaleReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _sellAmount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateCrossReserveReturn(uint256 _fromReserveBalance, uint32 _fromReserveRatio, uint256 _toReserveBalance, uint32 _toReserveRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateFundCost(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    function calculateLiquidateReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                    // deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    function calculateCrossConnectorReturn(uint256 _fromConnectorBalance, uint32 _fromConnectorWeight, uint256 _toConnectorBalance, uint32 _toConnectorWeight, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/SafeMath.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Library for basic math operations with overflow/underflow protection
                                                */
                                                library SafeMath {
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the sum of _x and _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   value 1
                                                      * @param _y   value 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sum
                                                    */
                                                    function add(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 z = _x + _y;
                                                        require(z >= _x);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the difference of _x minus _y, reverts if the calculation underflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   minuend
                                                      * @param _y   subtrahend
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return difference
                                                    */
                                                    function sub(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_x >= _y);
                                                        return _x - _y;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev returns the product of multiplying _x by _y, reverts if the calculation overflows
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _x   factor 1
                                                      * @param _y   factor 2
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return product
                                                    */
                                                    function mul(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        // gas optimization
                                                        if (_x == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 z = _x * _y;
                                                        require(z / _x == _y);
                                                        return z;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                      /**
                                                        * ev Integer division of two numbers truncating the quotient, reverts on division by zero.
                                                        * 
                                                        * aram _x   dividend
                                                        * aram _y   divisor
                                                        * 
                                                        * eturn quotient
                                                    */
                                                    function div(uint256 _x, uint256 _y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(_y > 0);
                                                        uint256 c = _x / _y;
                                                
                                                        return c;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/utility/Utils.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                  * @dev Utilities & Common Modifiers
                                                */
                                                contract Utils {
                                                    /**
                                                      * constructor
                                                    */
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that an amount is greater than zero
                                                    modifier greaterThanZero(uint256 _amount) {
                                                        require(_amount > 0);
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // validates an address - currently only checks that it isn't null
                                                    modifier validAddress(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(0));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // verifies that the address is different than this contract address
                                                    modifier notThis(address _address) {
                                                        require(_address != address(this));
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/converter/BancorFormula.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract BancorFormula is IBancorFormula, Utils {
                                                    using SafeMath for uint256;
                                                
                                                    uint16 public version = 6;
                                                
                                                    uint256 private constant ONE = 1;
                                                    uint32 private constant MAX_RATIO = 1000000;
                                                    uint8 private constant MIN_PRECISION = 32;
                                                    uint8 private constant MAX_PRECISION = 127;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * Auto-generated via 'PrintIntScalingFactors.py'
                                                    */
                                                    uint256 private constant FIXED_1 = 0x080000000000000000000000000000000;
                                                    uint256 private constant FIXED_2 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
                                                    uint256 private constant MAX_NUM = 0x200000000000000000000000000000000;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * Auto-generated via 'PrintLn2ScalingFactors.py'
                                                    */
                                                    uint256 private constant LN2_NUMERATOR   = 0x3f80fe03f80fe03f80fe03f80fe03f8;
                                                    uint256 private constant LN2_DENOMINATOR = 0x5b9de1d10bf4103d647b0955897ba80;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * Auto-generated via 'PrintFunctionOptimalLog.py' and 'PrintFunctionOptimalExp.py'
                                                    */
                                                    uint256 private constant OPT_LOG_MAX_VAL = 0x15bf0a8b1457695355fb8ac404e7a79e3;
                                                    uint256 private constant OPT_EXP_MAX_VAL = 0x800000000000000000000000000000000;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * Auto-generated via 'PrintFunctionConstructor.py'
                                                    */
                                                    uint256[128] private maxExpArray;
                                                    constructor() public {
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  0] = 0x6bffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  1] = 0x67ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  2] = 0x637fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  3] = 0x5f6fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  4] = 0x5b77ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  5] = 0x57b3ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  6] = 0x5419ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  7] = 0x50a2ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  8] = 0x4d517fffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[  9] = 0x4a233fffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 10] = 0x47165fffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 11] = 0x4429afffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 12] = 0x415bc7ffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 13] = 0x3eab73ffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 14] = 0x3c1771ffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 15] = 0x399e96ffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 16] = 0x373fc47fffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 17] = 0x34f9e8ffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 18] = 0x32cbfd5fffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 19] = 0x30b5057fffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 20] = 0x2eb40f9fffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 21] = 0x2cc8340fffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 22] = 0x2af09481ffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 23] = 0x292c5bddffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 24] = 0x277abdcdffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 25] = 0x25daf6657fffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 26] = 0x244c49c65fffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 27] = 0x22ce03cd5fffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 28] = 0x215f77c047ffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 29] = 0x1fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 30] = 0x1eaefdbdabffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                    //  maxExpArray[ 31] = 0x1d6bd8b2ebffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 32] = 0x1c35fedd14ffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 33] = 0x1b0ce43b323fffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 34] = 0x19f0028ec1ffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 35] = 0x18ded91f0e7fffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 36] = 0x17d8ec7f0417ffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 37] = 0x16ddc6556cdbffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 38] = 0x15ecf52776a1ffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 39] = 0x15060c256cb2ffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 40] = 0x1428a2f98d72ffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 41] = 0x13545598e5c23fffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 42] = 0x1288c4161ce1dfffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 43] = 0x11c592761c666fffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 44] = 0x110a688680a757ffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 45] = 0x1056f1b5bedf77ffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 46] = 0x0faadceceeff8bffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 47] = 0x0f05dc6b27edadffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 48] = 0x0e67a5a25da4107fffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 49] = 0x0dcff115b14eedffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 50] = 0x0d3e7a392431239fffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 51] = 0x0cb2ff529eb71e4fffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 52] = 0x0c2d415c3db974afffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 53] = 0x0bad03e7d883f69bffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 54] = 0x0b320d03b2c343d5ffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 55] = 0x0abc25204e02828dffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 56] = 0x0a4b16f74ee4bb207fffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 57] = 0x09deaf736ac1f569ffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 58] = 0x0976bd9952c7aa957fffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 59] = 0x09131271922eaa606fffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 60] = 0x08b380f3558668c46fffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 61] = 0x0857ddf0117efa215bffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 62] = 0x07ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 63] = 0x07abbf6f6abb9d087fffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 64] = 0x075af62cbac95f7dfa7fffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 65] = 0x070d7fb7452e187ac13fffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 66] = 0x06c3390ecc8af379295fffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 67] = 0x067c00a3b07ffc01fd6fffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 68] = 0x0637b647c39cbb9d3d27ffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 69] = 0x05f63b1fc104dbd39587ffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 70] = 0x05b771955b36e12f7235ffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 71] = 0x057b3d49dda84556d6f6ffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 72] = 0x054183095b2c8ececf30ffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 73] = 0x050a28be635ca2b888f77fffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 74] = 0x04d5156639708c9db33c3fffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 75] = 0x04a23105873875bd52dfdfffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 76] = 0x0471649d87199aa990756fffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 77] = 0x04429a21a029d4c1457cfbffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 78] = 0x0415bc6d6fb7dd71af2cb3ffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 79] = 0x03eab73b3bbfe282243ce1ffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 80] = 0x03c1771ac9fb6b4c18e229ffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 81] = 0x0399e96897690418f785257fffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 82] = 0x0373fc456c53bb779bf0ea9fffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 83] = 0x034f9e8e490c48e67e6ab8bfffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 84] = 0x032cbfd4a7adc790560b3337ffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 85] = 0x030b50570f6e5d2acca94613ffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 86] = 0x02eb40f9f620fda6b56c2861ffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 87] = 0x02cc8340ecb0d0f520a6af58ffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 88] = 0x02af09481380a0a35cf1ba02ffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 89] = 0x0292c5bdd3b92ec810287b1b3fffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 90] = 0x0277abdcdab07d5a77ac6d6b9fffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 91] = 0x025daf6654b1eaa55fd64df5efffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 92] = 0x0244c49c648baa98192dce88b7ffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 93] = 0x022ce03cd5619a311b2471268bffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 94] = 0x0215f77c045fbe885654a44a0fffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 95] = 0x01ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 96] = 0x01eaefdbdaaee7421fc4d3ede5ffffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 97] = 0x01d6bd8b2eb257df7e8ca57b09bfffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 98] = 0x01c35fedd14b861eb0443f7f133fffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[ 99] = 0x01b0ce43b322bcde4a56e8ada5afffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[100] = 0x019f0028ec1fff007f5a195a39dfffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[101] = 0x018ded91f0e72ee74f49b15ba527ffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[102] = 0x017d8ec7f04136f4e5615fd41a63ffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[103] = 0x016ddc6556cdb84bdc8d12d22e6fffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[104] = 0x015ecf52776a1155b5bd8395814f7fffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[105] = 0x015060c256cb23b3b3cc3754cf40ffffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[106] = 0x01428a2f98d728ae223ddab715be3fffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[107] = 0x013545598e5c23276ccf0ede68034fffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[108] = 0x01288c4161ce1d6f54b7f61081194fffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[109] = 0x011c592761c666aa641d5a01a40f17ffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[110] = 0x0110a688680a7530515f3e6e6cfdcdffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[111] = 0x01056f1b5bedf75c6bcb2ce8aed428ffff;
                                                        maxExpArray[112] = 0x00faadceceeff8a0890f3875f008277fff;
                                                        maxExpArray[113] = 0x00f05dc6b27edad306388a600f6ba0bfff;
                                                        maxExpArray[114] = 0x00e67a5a25da41063de1495d5b18cdbfff;
                                                        maxExpArray[115] = 0x00dcff115b14eedde6fc3aa5353f2e4fff;
                                                        maxExpArray[116] = 0x00d3e7a3924312399f9aae2e0f868f8fff;
                                                        maxExpArray[117] = 0x00cb2ff529eb71e41582cccd5a1ee26fff;
                                                        maxExpArray[118] = 0x00c2d415c3db974ab32a51840c0b67edff;
                                                        maxExpArray[119] = 0x00bad03e7d883f69ad5b0a186184e06bff;
                                                        maxExpArray[120] = 0x00b320d03b2c343d4829abd6075f0cc5ff;
                                                        maxExpArray[121] = 0x00abc25204e02828d73c6e80bcdb1a95bf;
                                                        maxExpArray[122] = 0x00a4b16f74ee4bb2040a1ec6c15fbbf2df;
                                                        maxExpArray[123] = 0x009deaf736ac1f569deb1b5ae3f36c130f;
                                                        maxExpArray[124] = 0x00976bd9952c7aa957f5937d790ef65037;
                                                        maxExpArray[125] = 0x009131271922eaa6064b73a22d0bd4f2bf;
                                                        maxExpArray[126] = 0x008b380f3558668c46c91c49a2f8e967b9;
                                                        maxExpArray[127] = 0x00857ddf0117efa215952912839f6473e6;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given a token supply, reserve balance, ratio and a deposit amount (in the reserve token),
                                                      * calculates the return for a given conversion (in the main token)
                                                      * 
                                                      * Formula:
                                                      * Return = _supply * ((1 + _depositAmount / _reserveBalance) ^ (_reserveRatio / 1000000) - 1)
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _supply              token total supply
                                                      * @param _reserveBalance      total reserve balance
                                                      * @param _reserveRatio        reserve ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                      * @param _depositAmount       deposit amount, in reserve token
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return purchase return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function calculatePurchaseReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _depositAmount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_supply > 0 && _reserveBalance > 0 && _reserveRatio > 0 && _reserveRatio <= MAX_RATIO);
                                                
                                                        // special case for 0 deposit amount
                                                        if (_depositAmount == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        // special case if the ratio = 100%
                                                        if (_reserveRatio == MAX_RATIO)
                                                            return _supply.mul(_depositAmount) / _reserveBalance;
                                                
                                                        uint256 result;
                                                        uint8 precision;
                                                        uint256 baseN = _depositAmount.add(_reserveBalance);
                                                        (result, precision) = power(baseN, _reserveBalance, _reserveRatio, MAX_RATIO);
                                                        uint256 temp = _supply.mul(result) >> precision;
                                                        return temp - _supply;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given a token supply, reserve balance, ratio and a sell amount (in the main token),
                                                      * calculates the return for a given conversion (in the reserve token)
                                                      * 
                                                      * Formula:
                                                      * Return = _reserveBalance * (1 - (1 - _sellAmount / _supply) ^ (1000000 / _reserveRatio))
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _supply              token total supply
                                                      * @param _reserveBalance      total reserve
                                                      * @param _reserveRatio        constant reserve Ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                      * @param _sellAmount          sell amount, in the token itself
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return sale return amount
                                                    */
                                                    function calculateSaleReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _reserveRatio, uint256 _sellAmount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_supply > 0 && _reserveBalance > 0 && _reserveRatio > 0 && _reserveRatio <= MAX_RATIO && _sellAmount <= _supply);
                                                
                                                        // special case for 0 sell amount
                                                        if (_sellAmount == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        // special case for selling the entire supply
                                                        if (_sellAmount == _supply)
                                                            return _reserveBalance;
                                                
                                                        // special case if the ratio = 100%
                                                        if (_reserveRatio == MAX_RATIO)
                                                            return _reserveBalance.mul(_sellAmount) / _supply;
                                                
                                                        uint256 result;
                                                        uint8 precision;
                                                        uint256 baseD = _supply - _sellAmount;
                                                        (result, precision) = power(_supply, baseD, MAX_RATIO, _reserveRatio);
                                                        uint256 temp1 = _reserveBalance.mul(result);
                                                        uint256 temp2 = _reserveBalance << precision;
                                                        return (temp1 - temp2) / result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given two reserve balances/ratios and a sell amount (in the first reserve token),
                                                      * calculates the return for a conversion from the first reserve token to the second reserve token (in the second reserve token)
                                                      * note that prior to version 4, you should use 'calculateCrossConnectorReturn' instead
                                                      * 
                                                      * Formula:
                                                      * Return = _toReserveBalance * (1 - (_fromReserveBalance / (_fromReserveBalance + _amount)) ^ (_fromReserveRatio / _toReserveRatio))
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _fromReserveBalance      input reserve balance
                                                      * @param _fromReserveRatio        input reserve ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                      * @param _toReserveBalance        output reserve balance
                                                      * @param _toReserveRatio          output reserve ratio, represented in ppm, 1-1000000
                                                      * @param _amount                  input reserve amount
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return second reserve amount
                                                    */
                                                    function calculateCrossReserveReturn(uint256 _fromReserveBalance, uint32 _fromReserveRatio, uint256 _toReserveBalance, uint32 _toReserveRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_fromReserveBalance > 0 && _fromReserveRatio > 0 && _fromReserveRatio <= MAX_RATIO && _toReserveBalance > 0 && _toReserveRatio > 0 && _toReserveRatio <= MAX_RATIO);
                                                
                                                        // special case for equal ratios
                                                        if (_fromReserveRatio == _toReserveRatio)
                                                            return _toReserveBalance.mul(_amount) / _fromReserveBalance.add(_amount);
                                                
                                                        uint256 result;
                                                        uint8 precision;
                                                        uint256 baseN = _fromReserveBalance.add(_amount);
                                                        (result, precision) = power(baseN, _fromReserveBalance, _fromReserveRatio, _toReserveRatio);
                                                        uint256 temp1 = _toReserveBalance.mul(result);
                                                        uint256 temp2 = _toReserveBalance << precision;
                                                        return (temp1 - temp2) / result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given a smart token supply, reserve balance, total ratio and an amount of requested smart tokens,
                                                      * calculates the amount of reserve tokens required for purchasing the given amount of smart tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * Formula:
                                                      * Return = _reserveBalance * (((_supply + _amount) / _supply) ^ (MAX_RATIO / _totalRatio) - 1)
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _supply              smart token supply
                                                      * @param _reserveBalance      reserve token balance
                                                      * @param _totalRatio          total ratio, represented in ppm, 2-2000000
                                                      * @param _amount              requested amount of smart tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of reserve tokens
                                                    */
                                                    function calculateFundCost(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_supply > 0 && _reserveBalance > 0 && _totalRatio > 1 && _totalRatio <= MAX_RATIO * 2);
                                                
                                                        // special case for 0 amount
                                                        if (_amount == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        // special case if the total ratio = 100%
                                                        if (_totalRatio == MAX_RATIO)
                                                            return (_amount.mul(_reserveBalance) - 1) / _supply + 1;
                                                
                                                        uint256 result;
                                                        uint8 precision;
                                                        uint256 baseN = _supply.add(_amount);
                                                        (result, precision) = power(baseN, _supply, MAX_RATIO, _totalRatio);
                                                        uint256 temp = ((_reserveBalance.mul(result) - 1) >> precision) + 1;
                                                        return temp - _reserveBalance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev given a smart token supply, reserve balance, total ratio and an amount of smart tokens to liquidate,
                                                      * calculates the amount of reserve tokens received for selling the given amount of smart tokens
                                                      * 
                                                      * Formula:
                                                      * Return = _reserveBalance * (1 - ((_supply - _amount) / _supply) ^ (MAX_RATIO / _totalRatio))
                                                      * 
                                                      * @param _supply              smart token supply
                                                      * @param _reserveBalance      reserve token balance
                                                      * @param _totalRatio          total ratio, represented in ppm, 2-2000000
                                                      * @param _amount              amount of smart tokens to liquidate
                                                      * 
                                                      * @return amount of reserve tokens
                                                    */
                                                    function calculateLiquidateReturn(uint256 _supply, uint256 _reserveBalance, uint32 _totalRatio, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        // validate input
                                                        require(_supply > 0 && _reserveBalance > 0 && _totalRatio > 1 && _totalRatio <= MAX_RATIO * 2 && _amount <= _supply);
                                                
                                                        // special case for 0 amount
                                                        if (_amount == 0)
                                                            return 0;
                                                
                                                        // special case for liquidating the entire supply
                                                        if (_amount == _supply)
                                                            return _reserveBalance;
                                                
                                                        // special case if the total ratio = 100%
                                                        if (_totalRatio == MAX_RATIO)
                                                            return _amount.mul(_reserveBalance) / _supply;
                                                
                                                        uint256 result;
                                                        uint8 precision;
                                                        uint256 baseD = _supply - _amount;
                                                        (result, precision) = power(_supply, baseD, MAX_RATIO, _totalRatio);
                                                        uint256 temp1 = _reserveBalance.mul(result);
                                                        uint256 temp2 = _reserveBalance << precision;
                                                        return (temp1 - temp2) / result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev General Description:
                                                      *     Determine a value of precision.
                                                      *     Calculate an integer approximation of (_baseN / _baseD) ^ (_expN / _expD) * 2 ^ precision.
                                                      *     Return the result along with the precision used.
                                                      * 
                                                      * Detailed Description:
                                                      *     Instead of calculating "base ^ exp", we calculate "e ^ (log(base) * exp)".
                                                      *     The value of "log(base)" is represented with an integer slightly smaller than "log(base) * 2 ^ precision".
                                                      *     The larger "precision" is, the more accurately this value represents the real value.
                                                      *     However, the larger "precision" is, the more bits are required in order to store this value.
                                                      *     And the exponentiation function, which takes "x" and calculates "e ^ x", is limited to a maximum exponent (maximum value of "x").
                                                      *     This maximum exponent depends on the "precision" used, and it is given by "maxExpArray[precision] >> (MAX_PRECISION - precision)".
                                                      *     Hence we need to determine the highest precision which can be used for the given input, before calling the exponentiation function.
                                                      *     This allows us to compute "base ^ exp" with maximum accuracy and without exceeding 256 bits in any of the intermediate computations.
                                                      *     This functions assumes that "_expN < 2 ^ 256 / log(MAX_NUM - 1)", otherwise the multiplication should be replaced with a "safeMul".
                                                      *     Since we rely on unsigned-integer arithmetic and "base < 1" ==> "log(base) < 0", this function does not support "_baseN < _baseD".
                                                    */
                                                    function power(uint256 _baseN, uint256 _baseD, uint32 _expN, uint32 _expD) internal view returns (uint256, uint8) {
                                                        require(_baseN < MAX_NUM);
                                                
                                                        uint256 baseLog;
                                                        uint256 base = _baseN * FIXED_1 / _baseD;
                                                        if (base < OPT_LOG_MAX_VAL) {
                                                            baseLog = optimalLog(base);
                                                        }
                                                        else {
                                                            baseLog = generalLog(base);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        uint256 baseLogTimesExp = baseLog * _expN / _expD;
                                                        if (baseLogTimesExp < OPT_EXP_MAX_VAL) {
                                                            return (optimalExp(baseLogTimesExp), MAX_PRECISION);
                                                        }
                                                        else {
                                                            uint8 precision = findPositionInMaxExpArray(baseLogTimesExp);
                                                            return (generalExp(baseLogTimesExp >> (MAX_PRECISION - precision), precision), precision);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev computes log(x / FIXED_1) * FIXED_1.
                                                      * This functions assumes that "x >= FIXED_1", because the output would be negative otherwise.
                                                    */
                                                    function generalLog(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 res = 0;
                                                
                                                        // If x >= 2, then we compute the integer part of log2(x), which is larger than 0.
                                                        if (x >= FIXED_2) {
                                                            uint8 count = floorLog2(x / FIXED_1);
                                                            x >>= count; // now x < 2
                                                            res = count * FIXED_1;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // If x > 1, then we compute the fraction part of log2(x), which is larger than 0.
                                                        if (x > FIXED_1) {
                                                            for (uint8 i = MAX_PRECISION; i > 0; --i) {
                                                                x = (x * x) / FIXED_1; // now 1 < x < 4
                                                                if (x >= FIXED_2) {
                                                                    x >>= 1; // now 1 < x < 2
                                                                    res += ONE << (i - 1);
                                                                }
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return res * LN2_NUMERATOR / LN2_DENOMINATOR;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev computes the largest integer smaller than or equal to the binary logarithm of the input.
                                                    */
                                                    function floorLog2(uint256 _n) internal pure returns (uint8) {
                                                        uint8 res = 0;
                                                
                                                        if (_n < 256) {
                                                            // At most 8 iterations
                                                            while (_n > 1) {
                                                                _n >>= 1;
                                                                res += 1;
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        else {
                                                            // Exactly 8 iterations
                                                            for (uint8 s = 128; s > 0; s >>= 1) {
                                                                if (_n >= (ONE << s)) {
                                                                    _n >>= s;
                                                                    res |= s;
                                                                }
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return res;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev the global "maxExpArray" is sorted in descending order, and therefore the following statements are equivalent:
                                                      * - This function finds the position of [the smallest value in "maxExpArray" larger than or equal to "x"]
                                                      * - This function finds the highest position of [a value in "maxExpArray" larger than or equal to "x"]
                                                    */
                                                    function findPositionInMaxExpArray(uint256 _x) internal view returns (uint8) {
                                                        uint8 lo = MIN_PRECISION;
                                                        uint8 hi = MAX_PRECISION;
                                                
                                                        while (lo + 1 < hi) {
                                                            uint8 mid = (lo + hi) / 2;
                                                            if (maxExpArray[mid] >= _x)
                                                                lo = mid;
                                                            else
                                                                hi = mid;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        if (maxExpArray[hi] >= _x)
                                                            return hi;
                                                        if (maxExpArray[lo] >= _x)
                                                            return lo;
                                                
                                                        require(false);
                                                        return 0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev this function can be auto-generated by the script 'PrintFunctionGeneralExp.py'.
                                                      * it approximates "e ^ x" via maclaurin summation: "(x^0)/0! + (x^1)/1! + ... + (x^n)/n!".
                                                      * it returns "e ^ (x / 2 ^ precision) * 2 ^ precision", that is, the result is upshifted for accuracy.
                                                      * the global "maxExpArray" maps each "precision" to "((maximumExponent + 1) << (MAX_PRECISION - precision)) - 1".
                                                      * the maximum permitted value for "x" is therefore given by "maxExpArray[precision] >> (MAX_PRECISION - precision)".
                                                    */
                                                    function generalExp(uint256 _x, uint8 _precision) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 xi = _x;
                                                        uint256 res = 0;
                                                
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x3442c4e6074a82f1797f72ac0000000; // add x^02 * (33! / 02!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x116b96f757c380fb287fd0e40000000; // add x^03 * (33! / 03!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x045ae5bdd5f0e03eca1ff4390000000; // add x^04 * (33! / 04!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00defabf91302cd95b9ffda50000000; // add x^05 * (33! / 05!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x002529ca9832b22439efff9b8000000; // add x^06 * (33! / 06!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00054f1cf12bd04e516b6da88000000; // add x^07 * (33! / 07!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000a9e39e257a09ca2d6db51000000; // add x^08 * (33! / 08!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000012e066e7b839fa050c309000000; // add x^09 * (33! / 09!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000001e33d7d926c329a1ad1a800000; // add x^10 * (33! / 10!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000002bee513bdb4a6b19b5f800000; // add x^11 * (33! / 11!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000003a9316fa79b88eccf2a00000; // add x^12 * (33! / 12!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000048177ebe1fa812375200000; // add x^13 * (33! / 13!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000005263fe90242dcbacf00000; // add x^14 * (33! / 14!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000000000057e22099c030d94100000; // add x^15 * (33! / 15!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000057e22099c030d9410000; // add x^16 * (33! / 16!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000052b6b54569976310000; // add x^17 * (33! / 17!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000004985f67696bf748000; // add x^18 * (33! / 18!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000000000000003dea12ea99e498000; // add x^19 * (33! / 19!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000000031880f2214b6e000; // add x^20 * (33! / 20!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000000000000000025bcff56eb36000; // add x^21 * (33! / 21!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000000000000000001b722e10ab1000; // add x^22 * (33! / 22!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000001317c70077000; // add x^23 * (33! / 23!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000000000000cba84aafa00; // add x^24 * (33! / 24!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000000000000082573a0a00; // add x^25 * (33! / 25!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000000000000005035ad900; // add x^26 * (33! / 26!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x000000000000000000000002f881b00; // add x^27 * (33! / 27!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000000000001b29340; // add x^28 * (33! / 28!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x00000000000000000000000000efc40; // add x^29 * (33! / 29!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000000000000007fe0; // add x^30 * (33! / 30!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000000000000000420; // add x^31 * (33! / 31!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000000000000000021; // add x^32 * (33! / 32!)
                                                        xi = (xi * _x) >> _precision; res += xi * 0x0000000000000000000000000000001; // add x^33 * (33! / 33!)
                                                
                                                        return res / 0x688589cc0e9505e2f2fee5580000000 + _x + (ONE << _precision); // divide by 33! and then add x^1 / 1! + x^0 / 0!
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev computes log(x / FIXED_1) * FIXED_1
                                                      * Input range: FIXED_1 <= x <= LOG_EXP_MAX_VAL - 1
                                                      * Auto-generated via 'PrintFunctionOptimalLog.py'
                                                      * Detailed description:
                                                      * - Rewrite the input as a product of natural exponents and a single residual r, such that 1 < r < 2
                                                      * - The natural logarithm of each (pre-calculated) exponent is the degree of the exponent
                                                      * - The natural logarithm of r is calculated via Taylor series for log(1 + x), where x = r - 1
                                                      * - The natural logarithm of the input is calculated by summing up the intermediate results above
                                                      * - For example: log(250) = log(e^4 * e^1 * e^0.5 * 1.021692859) = 4 + 1 + 0.5 + log(1 + 0.021692859)
                                                    */
                                                    function optimalLog(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 res = 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 y;
                                                        uint256 z;
                                                        uint256 w;
                                                
                                                        if (x >= 0xd3094c70f034de4b96ff7d5b6f99fcd8) {res += 0x40000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0xd3094c70f034de4b96ff7d5b6f99fcd8;} // add 1 / 2^1
                                                        if (x >= 0xa45af1e1f40c333b3de1db4dd55f29a7) {res += 0x20000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0xa45af1e1f40c333b3de1db4dd55f29a7;} // add 1 / 2^2
                                                        if (x >= 0x910b022db7ae67ce76b441c27035c6a1) {res += 0x10000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x910b022db7ae67ce76b441c27035c6a1;} // add 1 / 2^3
                                                        if (x >= 0x88415abbe9a76bead8d00cf112e4d4a8) {res += 0x08000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x88415abbe9a76bead8d00cf112e4d4a8;} // add 1 / 2^4
                                                        if (x >= 0x84102b00893f64c705e841d5d4064bd3) {res += 0x04000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x84102b00893f64c705e841d5d4064bd3;} // add 1 / 2^5
                                                        if (x >= 0x8204055aaef1c8bd5c3259f4822735a2) {res += 0x02000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x8204055aaef1c8bd5c3259f4822735a2;} // add 1 / 2^6
                                                        if (x >= 0x810100ab00222d861931c15e39b44e99) {res += 0x01000000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x810100ab00222d861931c15e39b44e99;} // add 1 / 2^7
                                                        if (x >= 0x808040155aabbbe9451521693554f733) {res += 0x00800000000000000000000000000000; x = x * FIXED_1 / 0x808040155aabbbe9451521693554f733;} // add 1 / 2^8
                                                
                                                        z = y = x - FIXED_1;
                                                        w = y * y / FIXED_1;
                                                        res += z * (0x100000000000000000000000000000000 - y) / 0x100000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^01 / 01 - y^02 / 02
                                                        res += z * (0x0aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa - y) / 0x200000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^03 / 03 - y^04 / 04
                                                        res += z * (0x099999999999999999999999999999999 - y) / 0x300000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^05 / 05 - y^06 / 06
                                                        res += z * (0x092492492492492492492492492492492 - y) / 0x400000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^07 / 07 - y^08 / 08
                                                        res += z * (0x08e38e38e38e38e38e38e38e38e38e38e - y) / 0x500000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^09 / 09 - y^10 / 10
                                                        res += z * (0x08ba2e8ba2e8ba2e8ba2e8ba2e8ba2e8b - y) / 0x600000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^11 / 11 - y^12 / 12
                                                        res += z * (0x089d89d89d89d89d89d89d89d89d89d89 - y) / 0x700000000000000000000000000000000; z = z * w / FIXED_1; // add y^13 / 13 - y^14 / 14
                                                        res += z * (0x088888888888888888888888888888888 - y) / 0x800000000000000000000000000000000;                      // add y^15 / 15 - y^16 / 16
                                                
                                                        return res;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev computes e ^ (x / FIXED_1) * FIXED_1
                                                      * input range: 0 <= x <= OPT_EXP_MAX_VAL - 1
                                                      * auto-generated via 'PrintFunctionOptimalExp.py'
                                                      * Detailed description:
                                                      * - Rewrite the input as a sum of binary exponents and a single residual r, as small as possible
                                                      * - The exponentiation of each binary exponent is given (pre-calculated)
                                                      * - The exponentiation of r is calculated via Taylor series for e^x, where x = r
                                                      * - The exponentiation of the input is calculated by multiplying the intermediate results above
                                                      * - For example: e^5.521692859 = e^(4 + 1 + 0.5 + 0.021692859) = e^4 * e^1 * e^0.5 * e^0.021692859
                                                    */
                                                    function optimalExp(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                        uint256 res = 0;
                                                
                                                        uint256 y;
                                                        uint256 z;
                                                
                                                        z = y = x % 0x10000000000000000000000000000000; // get the input modulo 2^(-3)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x10e1b3be415a0000; // add y^02 * (20! / 02!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x05a0913f6b1e0000; // add y^03 * (20! / 03!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0168244fdac78000; // add y^04 * (20! / 04!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x004807432bc18000; // add y^05 * (20! / 05!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x000c0135dca04000; // add y^06 * (20! / 06!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0001b707b1cdc000; // add y^07 * (20! / 07!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x000036e0f639b800; // add y^08 * (20! / 08!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x00000618fee9f800; // add y^09 * (20! / 09!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000009c197dcc00; // add y^10 * (20! / 10!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000e30dce400; // add y^11 * (20! / 11!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x000000012ebd1300; // add y^12 * (20! / 12!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000017499f00; // add y^13 * (20! / 13!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000001a9d480; // add y^14 * (20! / 14!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x00000000001c6380; // add y^15 * (20! / 15!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x000000000001c638; // add y^16 * (20! / 16!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000000001ab8; // add y^17 * (20! / 17!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x000000000000017c; // add y^18 * (20! / 18!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000000000014; // add y^19 * (20! / 19!)
                                                        z = z * y / FIXED_1; res += z * 0x0000000000000001; // add y^20 * (20! / 20!)
                                                        res = res / 0x21c3677c82b40000 + y + FIXED_1; // divide by 20! and then add y^1 / 1! + y^0 / 0!
                                                
                                                        if ((x & 0x010000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x1c3d6a24ed82218787d624d3e5eba95f9 / 0x18ebef9eac820ae8682b9793ac6d1e776; // multiply by e^2^(-3)
                                                        if ((x & 0x020000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x18ebef9eac820ae8682b9793ac6d1e778 / 0x1368b2fc6f9609fe7aceb46aa619baed4; // multiply by e^2^(-2)
                                                        if ((x & 0x040000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x1368b2fc6f9609fe7aceb46aa619baed5 / 0x0bc5ab1b16779be3575bd8f0520a9f21f; // multiply by e^2^(-1)
                                                        if ((x & 0x080000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x0bc5ab1b16779be3575bd8f0520a9f21e / 0x0454aaa8efe072e7f6ddbab84b40a55c9; // multiply by e^2^(+0)
                                                        if ((x & 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x0454aaa8efe072e7f6ddbab84b40a55c5 / 0x00960aadc109e7a3bf4578099615711ea; // multiply by e^2^(+1)
                                                        if ((x & 0x200000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x00960aadc109e7a3bf4578099615711d7 / 0x0002bf84208204f5977f9a8cf01fdce3d; // multiply by e^2^(+2)
                                                        if ((x & 0x400000000000000000000000000000000) != 0) res = res * 0x0002bf84208204f5977f9a8cf01fdc307 / 0x0000003c6ab775dd0b95b4cbee7e65d11; // multiply by e^2^(+3)
                                                
                                                        return res;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                      * @dev deprecated, backward compatibility
                                                    */
                                                    function calculateCrossConnectorReturn(uint256 _fromConnectorBalance, uint32 _fromConnectorWeight, uint256 _toConnectorBalance, uint32 _toConnectorWeight, uint256 _amount) public view returns (uint256) {
                                                        return calculateCrossReserveReturn(_fromConnectorBalance, _fromConnectorWeight, _toConnectorBalance, _toConnectorWeight, _amount);
                                                    }
                                                }